aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/xorg-server/hw/dmx
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server/hw/dmx')
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c23
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c2165
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxclient.h1
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h4
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxextension.c2
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c11
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c695
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.xml6860
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/examples/dmxwininfo.c3
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c41
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c703
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxserver.h612
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/render2swap.c2
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c6
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c1980
-rw-r--r--xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-common.c762
16 files changed, 6915 insertions, 6955 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c
index 2de7f2b85..3165ba000 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/config/xdmxconfig.c
@@ -49,7 +49,6 @@
#include <X11/Xaw/Viewport.h>
#include <X11/Xaw/Dialog.h>
#include <X11/keysym.h>
-#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h>
#include "Canvas.h"
#include "dmxparse.h"
@@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ static void dmxConfigDataUpdate(void)
XtVaSetValues(ndbutton1, XtNsensitive, False, NULL);
} else {
name = dmxConfigCurrent->name;
- XmuSnprintf(cnambuf, sizeof(cnambuf), "%s", name ? name : "");
- XmuSnprintf(cdimbuf, sizeof(cdimbuf), "%dx%d",
+ snprintf(cnambuf, sizeof(cnambuf), "%s", name ? name : "");
+ snprintf(cdimbuf, sizeof(cdimbuf), "%dx%d",
dmxConfigWallWidth, dmxConfigWallHeight);
XtVaSetValues(cnamebox, XtNlabel, cnambuf, XtNsensitive, True, NULL);
XtVaSetValues(cdimbox, XtNlabel, cdimbuf, XtNsensitive, True, NULL);
@@ -219,22 +218,22 @@ static void dmxConfigDataUpdate(void)
XtVaSetValues(ddbutton, XtNsensitive, False, NULL);
} else {
name = dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->name;
- XmuSnprintf(nambuf, sizeof(nambuf), "%s", name ? name : "");
- XmuSnprintf(dimbuf, sizeof(dimbuf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+ snprintf(nambuf, sizeof(nambuf), "%s", name ? name : "");
+ snprintf(dimbuf, sizeof(dimbuf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnWidth,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnHeight,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnXSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnX,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnYSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnY);
- XmuSnprintf(rtbuf, sizeof(dimbuf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+ snprintf(rtbuf, sizeof(dimbuf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootWidth,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootHeight,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootXSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootX,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootYSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootY);
- XmuSnprintf(offbuf, sizeof(offbuf), "@%dx%d",
+ snprintf(offbuf, sizeof(offbuf), "@%dx%d",
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootXOrigin,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootYOrigin);
XtVaSetValues(namebox, XtNlabel, nambuf, XtNsensitive, True, NULL);
@@ -596,14 +595,14 @@ static void dmxConfigCanCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
static void dmxConfigECCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
XtPointer callData)
{
- char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
+ char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in snprintf */
if (!dmxConfigCurrent) return;
dmxConfigSetPopupPosition(ecpopup);
XtVaSetValues(ecdialog0, XtNvalue,
dmxConfigCurrent->name ? dmxConfigCurrent->name : "",
NULL);
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dx%d",
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dx%d",
dmxConfigCurrent->width, dmxConfigCurrent->height);
XtVaSetValues(ecdialog1, XtNvalue, buf, NULL);
XtPopup(ecpopup, XtGrabExclusive);
@@ -692,7 +691,7 @@ static void dmxConfigECCanCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
static void dmxConfigEDCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
XtPointer callData)
{
- char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
+ char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in snprintf */
if (!dmxConfigCurrent || !dmxConfigCurrentDisplay) return;
dmxConfigSetPopupPosition(edpopup);
@@ -701,7 +700,7 @@ static void dmxConfigEDCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
? dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->name
: "",
NULL);
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%dx%d%c%d%c%d",
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnWidth,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnHeight,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnXSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
@@ -709,7 +708,7 @@ static void dmxConfigEDCallback(Widget w, XtPointer closure,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnYSign < 0 ? '-' : '+',
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->scrnY);
XtVaSetValues(eddialog1, XtNvalue, buf, NULL);
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "@%dx%d",
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "@%dx%d",
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootXOrigin,
dmxConfigCurrentDisplay->rootYOrigin);
XtVaSetValues(eddialog2, XtNvalue, buf, NULL);
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
index 5de565f85..01a744849 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmx.c
@@ -1,1097 +1,1068 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A
- * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so
- * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and
- * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.
- *
- * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c
- *
- * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
- * document for details about the protocol. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "opaque.h"
-
-#include "dmxextension.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>
-#include "protocol-versions.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiX.h"
-extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;
-extern int PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
-
-extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);
-
-static unsigned char DMXCode;
-
-
-
-static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- return !noPanoramiXExtension;
-#endif
- return 0;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXScreenWindowWidth: attr->screenWindowWidth = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowHeight: attr->screenWindowHeight = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;
- case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowWidth: attr->rootWindowWidth = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowHeight: attr->rootWindowHeight = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowXoffset: attr->rootWindowXoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowYoffset: attr->rootWindowYoffset = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowXorigin: attr->rootWindowXorigin = value; break;
- case DMXRootWindowYorigin: attr->rootWindowYorigin = value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXDesktopWidth: attr->width = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;
- case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 value)
-{
- switch (1 << bit) {
- case DMXInputType: attr->inputType = value; break;
- case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value; break;
- case DMXInputSendsCore: attr->sendsCore = !!value; break;
- }
-}
-
-static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,
- DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
- CARD32 *value_list)
-{
- int i;
- CARD32 *value = value_list;
- int count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- if (mask & (1 << i)) {
- dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);
- ++value;
- ++count;
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.majorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;
- rep.minorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;
- rep.patchVersion = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);
- swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);
- swapl(&rep.patchVersion, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXSyncReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
-
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = 0;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;
- REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
- WindowPtr pWin;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int i;
-
- if (Success != dixLookupResourceByType((pointer*) &win,
- stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,
- client, DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
- }
- goto doreply;
- }
-#endif
-
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
- doreply:
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = 0;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.screenCount = dmxGetNumScreens();
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int length;
- int paddedLength;
- DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
- if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0
- || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;
-
- if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))
- return BadValue;
-
- rep.logicalScreen = attr.logicalScreen;
- rep.screenWindowWidth = attr.screenWindowWidth;
- rep.screenWindowHeight = attr.screenWindowHeight;
- rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;
- rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;
- rep.rootWindowWidth = attr.rootWindowWidth;
- rep.rootWindowHeight = attr.rootWindowHeight;
- rep.rootWindowXoffset = attr.rootWindowXoffset;
- rep.rootWindowYoffset = attr.rootWindowYoffset;
- rep.rootWindowXorigin = attr.rootWindowXorigin;
- rep.rootWindowYorigin = attr.rootWindowYorigin;
-
- length = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))
- + paddedLength);
- rep.displayNameLength = length;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&rep.logicalScreen, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin, n);
- swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
- xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
- unsigned int mask = 0;
- unsigned int i;
- CARD32 *screen_list;
- CARD32 *mask_list;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs;
- int errorScreen = 0;
- unsigned int len;
- int ones = 0;
-
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));
- if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)
- return BadLength;
-
- screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- mask_list = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];
- value_list = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);
- if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)
- return BadLength;
-
- if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
- if (!(attribs = malloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))
- return BadAlloc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {
- int count;
-
- if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];
- dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);
- count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);
- value_list += count;
- }
-
-#if PANORAMIX
- status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,
- screen_list,
- attribs,
- &errorScreen);
-#endif
-
- free(attribs);
-
- if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
- noxinerama:
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.errorScreen = errorScreen;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.errorScreen, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- xDMXAddScreenReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
- int count;
- char *name;
- int len;
- int paddedLength;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
- return BadLength;
-
- memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
- dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
- if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
- return BadAlloc;
- memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
- name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
- attr.displayName = name;
-
- status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
-
- free(name);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
- xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
- status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,
- CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,
- xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- PanoramiXRes *win;
- int i;
- int count = 0;
- DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-
- if (Success != dixLookupResourceByType((pointer*) &win,
- window, XRT_WINDOW,
- client, DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
- DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
- if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {
- screens[count] = attr.screen;
- windows[count] = attr.window;
- pos[count] = attr.pos;
- vis[count] = attr.vis;
- ++count; /* Only count existing windows */
- }
- }
- return count;
-}
-#endif
-
-static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,
- CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
-{
- WindowPtr pWin;
- DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
- return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,
- pos, vis);
-#endif
-
- if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))
- return -1; /* BadWindow */
-
- dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);
- *screens = attr.screen;
- *windows = attr.window;
- *pos = attr.pos;
- *vis = attr.vis;
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)
-{
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
- if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;
-#endif
- return 1;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;
- int i, n;
- CARD32 *screens;
- CARD32 *windows;
- xRectangle *pos, *vis;
- int count = dmxMaxNumScreens();
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
- if (!(screens = malloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))
- return BadAlloc;
- if (!(windows = malloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {
- free(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (!(pos = malloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {
- free(windows);
- free(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
- if (!(vis = malloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {
- free(pos);
- free(windows);
- free(screens);
- return BadAlloc;
- }
-
- if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,
- pos, vis)) < 0) {
- free(vis);
- free(pos);
- free(windows);
- free(screens);
- return BadWindow;
- }
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = count * 6;
- rep.screenCount = count;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.screenCount, n);
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
- swapl(&screens[i], n);
- swapl(&windows[i], n);
-
- swaps(&pos[i].x, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].y, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].width, n);
- swaps(&pos[i].height, n);
-
- swaps(&vis[i].x, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].y, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].width, n);
- swaps(&vis[i].height, n);
- }
- }
-
- dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
-
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (count) {
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos), (char *)pos);
- WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis), (char *)vis);
- }
-
- free(vis);
- free(pos);
- free(windows);
- free(screens);
-
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
-
- rep.width = attr.width;
- rep.height = attr.height;
- rep.shiftX = attr.shiftX;
- rep.shiftY = attr.shiftY;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
-
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.width, n);
- swapl(&rep.height, n);
- swapl(&rep.shiftX, n);
- swapl(&rep.shiftY, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
- int len;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
- return BadLength;
-
- if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
-
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
-
- dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
- dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
-#if PANORAMIX
- status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);
-#endif
- if (status == BadValue) return status;
-
- noxinerama:
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client,
- sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),
- (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;
- int n;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.inputCount = dmxGetInputCount();
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.inputCount, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
- xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;
- int n;
- int length;
- int paddedLength;
- DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
- if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;
- rep.inputType = attr.inputType;
- rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;
- rep.physicalId = attr.physicalId;
- rep.isCore = attr.isCore;
- rep.sendsCore = attr.sendsCore;
- rep.detached = attr.detached;
-
- length = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);
- rep.nameLength = length;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.inputType, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalScreen, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
- swapl(&rep.nameLength, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
- if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
- xDMXAddInputReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
- CARD32 *value_list;
- DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
- int count;
- char *name;
- int len;
- int paddedLength;
- int id = -1;
-
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);
- if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
- return BadLength;
-
- memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
- value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
- count = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
-
- if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
- return BadAlloc;
- memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
- name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
- attr.name = name;
-
- status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);
-
- free(name);
-
- if (status) return status;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- rep.physicalId = id;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- swapl(&rep.physicalId, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
- xDMXRemoveInputReply rep;
- int n;
- int status = 0;
-
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
- status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);
-
- if (status) return status;
-
- rep.type = X_Reply;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- rep.length = 0;
- rep.status = status;
- if (client->swapped) {
- swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
- swapl(&rep.length, n);
- swapl(&rep.status, n);
- }
- WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);
- return Success;
-}
-
-static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data) {
- case X_DMXQueryVersion: return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
- case X_DMXSync: return ProcDMXSync(client);
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
- return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddScreen: return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
- case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
- return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputCount: return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddInput: return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveInput: return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-
- case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
- return BadImplementation;
-
- default: return BadRequest;
- }
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
- return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
- return ProcDMXSync(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
- swaps(&stuff->window, n);
- return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->screenCount, n);
- swapl(&stuff->maskCount, n);
- SwapRestL(stuff);
- return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- int paddedLength;
- REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
- swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
- return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen, n);
- return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->window, n);
- return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
- return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- SwapRestL(stuff);
- return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
- return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
- swapl(&stuff->deviceId, n);
- return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- int paddedLength;
- REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
- swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength, n);
- swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
- paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
- SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
- return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
-{
- int n;
- REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
-
- swaps(&stuff->length, n);
- REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
- swapl(&stuff->physicalId, n);
- return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-}
-
-static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)
-{
- REQUEST(xReq);
-
- switch (stuff->data) {
- case X_DMXQueryVersion: return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
- case X_DMXSync: return SProcDMXSync(client);
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
- return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddScreen: return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
- case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:
- return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
- return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputCount: return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
- case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
- case X_DMXAddInput: return SProcDMXAddInput(client);
- case X_DMXRemoveInput: return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
-
- case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
- case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
- return BadImplementation;
-
- default: return BadRequest;
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialize the extension. */
-void DMXExtensionInit(void)
-{
- ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
-
- if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,
- ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,
- NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))
- DMXCode = extEntry->base;
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2004 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * This file implements the server-side part of the DMX protocol. A
+ * vector of fucntions is provided at extension initialization time, so
+ * most all of the useful functions in this file are declared static and
+ * do not appear in the doxygen documentation.
+ *
+ * Much of the low-level work is done by functions in \a dmxextension.c
+ *
+ * Please see the Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol
+ * document for details about the protocol. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+
+#include "dmxextension.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/dmxproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/dmx.h>
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+extern unsigned long XRT_WINDOW;
+extern int PanoramiXNumScreens;
+#endif
+
+extern void DMXExtensionInit(void);
+
+static unsigned char DMXCode;
+
+
+
+static int _DMXXineramaActive(void)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ return !noPanoramiXExtension;
+#endif
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetScreenAttribute(int bit, DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXScreenWindowWidth: attr->screenWindowWidth = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowHeight: attr->screenWindowHeight = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowXoffset: attr->screenWindowXoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXScreenWindowYoffset: attr->screenWindowYoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowWidth: attr->rootWindowWidth = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowHeight: attr->rootWindowHeight = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowXoffset: attr->rootWindowXoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowYoffset: attr->rootWindowYoffset = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowXorigin: attr->rootWindowXorigin = value; break;
+ case DMXRootWindowYorigin: attr->rootWindowYorigin = value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchScreenAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXScreenAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetScreenAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetDesktopAttribute(int bit, DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXDesktopWidth: attr->width = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopHeight: attr->height = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopShiftX: attr->shiftX = value; break;
+ case DMXDesktopShiftY: attr->shiftY = value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXDesktopAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetDesktopAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static void dmxSetInputAttribute(int bit, DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 value)
+{
+ switch (1 << bit) {
+ case DMXInputType: attr->inputType = value; break;
+ case DMXInputPhysicalScreen: attr->physicalScreen = value; break;
+ case DMXInputSendsCore: attr->sendsCore = !!value; break;
+ }
+}
+
+static int dmxFetchInputAttributes(unsigned int mask,
+ DMXInputAttributesPtr attr,
+ CARD32 *value_list)
+{
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *value = value_list;
+ int count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ if (mask & (1 << i)) {
+ dmxSetInputAttribute(i, attr, *value);
+ ++value;
+ ++count;
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXQueryVersionReply rep;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.majorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = SERVER_DMX_MINOR_VERSION;
+ rep.patchVersion = SERVER_DMX_PATCH_VERSION;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.majorVersion);
+ swapl(&rep.minorVersion);
+ swapl(&rep.patchVersion);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXSyncReply rep;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
+
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = 0;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXSyncReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXForceWindowCreationReply rep;
+ REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int i;
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupResourceByType((pointer*) &win,
+ stuff->window, XRT_WINDOW,
+ client, DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
+ }
+ goto doreply;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxForceWindowCreation(pWin);
+ doreply:
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = 0;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXForceWindowCreationReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetScreenCountReply rep;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.screenCount = dmxGetNumScreens();
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.screenCount);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenCountReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply rep;
+ int length;
+ int paddedLength;
+ DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+
+ if (stuff->physicalScreen < 0
+ || stuff->physicalScreen >= dmxGetNumScreens()) return BadValue;
+
+ if (!dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr))
+ return BadValue;
+
+ rep.logicalScreen = attr.logicalScreen;
+ rep.screenWindowWidth = attr.screenWindowWidth;
+ rep.screenWindowHeight = attr.screenWindowHeight;
+ rep.screenWindowXoffset = attr.screenWindowXoffset;
+ rep.screenWindowYoffset = attr.screenWindowYoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowWidth = attr.rootWindowWidth;
+ rep.rootWindowHeight = attr.rootWindowHeight;
+ rep.rootWindowXoffset = attr.rootWindowXoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowYoffset = attr.rootWindowYoffset;
+ rep.rootWindowXorigin = attr.rootWindowXorigin;
+ rep.rootWindowYorigin = attr.rootWindowYorigin;
+
+ length = attr.displayName ? strlen(attr.displayName) : 0;
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32((sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply))
+ + paddedLength);
+ rep.displayNameLength = length;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.displayNameLength);
+ swapl(&rep.logicalScreen);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowWidth);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowHeight);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowXoffset);
+ swaps(&rep.screenWindowYoffset);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowWidth);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowHeight);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowXoffset);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowYoffset);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowXorigin);
+ swaps(&rep.rootWindowYorigin);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.displayName);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+ xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply rep;
+ int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
+ unsigned int mask = 0;
+ unsigned int i;
+ CARD32 *screen_list;
+ CARD32 *mask_list;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXScreenAttributesPtr attribs;
+ int errorScreen = 0;
+ unsigned int len;
+ int ones = 0;
+
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq));
+ if (len < stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ screen_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ mask_list = &screen_list[stuff->screenCount];
+ value_list = &mask_list[stuff->maskCount];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->maskCount; i++) ones += Ones(mask_list[i]);
+ if (len != stuff->screenCount + stuff->maskCount + ones)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
+
+ if (!(attribs = malloc(stuff->screenCount * sizeof(*attribs))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->screenCount; i++) {
+ int count;
+
+ if (i < stuff->maskCount) mask = mask_list[i];
+ dmxGetScreenAttributes(screen_list[i], &attribs[i]);
+ count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(mask, &attribs[i], value_list);
+ value_list += count;
+ }
+
+#if PANORAMIX
+ status = dmxConfigureScreenWindows(stuff->screenCount,
+ screen_list,
+ attribs,
+ &errorScreen);
+#endif
+
+ free(attribs);
+
+ if (status == BadValue) return status;
+
+ noxinerama:
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.errorScreen = errorScreen;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ swapl(&rep.errorScreen);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ xDMXAddScreenReply rep;
+ int status = 0;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXScreenAttributesRec attr;
+ int count;
+ char *name;
+ int len;
+ int paddedLength;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReq));
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
+ dmxGetScreenAttributes(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ count = dmxFetchScreenAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+ if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
+ name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
+ attr.displayName = name;
+
+ status = dmxAttachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen, &attr);
+
+ free(name);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.physicalScreen = stuff->physicalScreen;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalScreen);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXAddScreenReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+ xDMXRemoveScreenReply rep;
+ int status = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+
+ status = dmxDetachScreen(stuff->physicalScreen);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXRemoveScreenReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+static int dmxPopulatePanoramiX(ClientPtr client, Window window,
+ CARD32 *screens, CARD32 *windows,
+ xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ PanoramiXRes *win;
+ int i;
+ int count = 0;
+ DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupResourceByType((pointer*) &win,
+ window, XRT_WINDOW,
+ client, DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS(i) {
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, win->info[i].id, client,
+ DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+ if (dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr)) {
+ screens[count] = attr.screen;
+ windows[count] = attr.window;
+ pos[count] = attr.pos;
+ vis[count] = attr.vis;
+ ++count; /* Only count existing windows */
+ }
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int dmxPopulate(ClientPtr client, Window window, CARD32 *screens,
+ CARD32 *windows, xRectangle *pos, xRectangle *vis)
+{
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ DMXWindowAttributesRec attr;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
+ return dmxPopulatePanoramiX(client, window, screens, windows,
+ pos, vis);
+#endif
+
+ if (Success != dixLookupWindow(&pWin, window, client, DixReadAccess))
+ return -1; /* BadWindow */
+
+ dmxGetWindowAttributes(pWin, &attr);
+ *screens = attr.screen;
+ *windows = attr.window;
+ *pos = attr.pos;
+ *vis = attr.vis;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int dmxMaxNumScreens(void)
+{
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (!noPanoramiXExtension) return PanoramiXNumScreens;
+#endif
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply rep;
+ int i;
+ CARD32 *screens;
+ CARD32 *windows;
+ xRectangle *pos, *vis;
+ int count = dmxMaxNumScreens();
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+
+ if (!(screens = malloc(count * sizeof(*screens))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if (!(windows = malloc(count * sizeof(*windows)))) {
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (!(pos = malloc(count * sizeof(*pos)))) {
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (!(vis = malloc(count * sizeof(*vis)))) {
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ if ((count = dmxPopulate(client, stuff->window, screens, windows,
+ pos, vis)) < 0) {
+ free(vis);
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+ return BadWindow;
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = count * 6;
+ rep.screenCount = count;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.screenCount);
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+ swapl(&screens[i]);
+ swapl(&windows[i]);
+
+ swaps(&pos[i].x);
+ swaps(&pos[i].y);
+ swaps(&pos[i].width);
+ swaps(&pos[i].height);
+
+ swaps(&vis[i].x);
+ swaps(&vis[i].y);
+ swaps(&vis[i].width);
+ swaps(&vis[i].height);
+ }
+ }
+
+ dmxFlushPendingSyncs();
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (count) {
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*screens), (char *)screens);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*windows), (char *)windows);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*pos), (char *)pos);
+ WriteToClient(client, count * sizeof(*vis), (char *)vis);
+ }
+
+ free(vis);
+ free(pos);
+ free(windows);
+ free(screens);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply rep;
+ DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
+
+ rep.width = attr.width;
+ rep.height = attr.height;
+ rep.shiftX = attr.shiftX;
+ rep.shiftY = attr.shiftY;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swaps(&rep.width);
+ swaps(&rep.height);
+ swaps(&rep.shiftX);
+ swaps(&rep.shiftY);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply rep;
+ int status = DMX_BAD_XINERAMA;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXDesktopAttributesRec attr;
+ int len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq) >> 2);
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (!_DMXXineramaActive()) goto noxinerama;
+
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+
+ dmxGetDesktopAttributes(&attr);
+ dmxFetchDesktopAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+#if PANORAMIX
+ status = dmxConfigureDesktop(&attr);
+#endif
+ if (status == BadValue) return status;
+
+ noxinerama:
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client,
+ sizeof(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xDMXGetInputCountReply rep;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.inputCount = dmxGetInputCount();
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.inputCount);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputCountReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+ xDMXGetInputAttributesReply rep;
+ int length;
+ int paddedLength;
+ DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+
+ if (dmxGetInputAttributes(stuff->deviceId, &attr)) return BadValue;
+ rep.inputType = attr.inputType;
+ rep.physicalScreen = attr.physicalScreen;
+ rep.physicalId = attr.physicalId;
+ rep.isCore = attr.isCore;
+ rep.sendsCore = attr.sendsCore;
+ rep.detached = attr.detached;
+
+ length = attr.name ? strlen(attr.name) : 0;
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(length);
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32(paddedLength);
+ rep.nameLength = length;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.inputType);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalScreen);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalId);
+ swapl(&rep.nameLength);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXGetInputAttributesReply), (char *)&rep);
+ if (length) WriteToClient(client, length, (char *)attr.name);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ xDMXAddInputReply rep;
+ int status = 0;
+ CARD32 *value_list;
+ DMXInputAttributesRec attr;
+ int count;
+ char *name;
+ int len;
+ int paddedLength;
+ int id = -1;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ len = client->req_len - (sizeof(xDMXAddInputReq) >> 2);
+ if (len != Ones(stuff->valueMask) + paddedLength/4)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ memset(&attr, 0, sizeof(attr));
+ value_list = (CARD32 *)(stuff + 1);
+ count = dmxFetchInputAttributes(stuff->valueMask, &attr, value_list);
+
+ if (!(name = malloc(stuff->displayNameLength + 1 + 4)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ memcpy(name, &value_list[count], stuff->displayNameLength);
+ name[stuff->displayNameLength] = '\0';
+ attr.name = name;
+
+ status = dmxAddInput(&attr, &id);
+
+ free(name);
+
+ if (status) return status;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ rep.physicalId = id;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ swapl(&rep.physicalId);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXAddInputReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+ xDMXRemoveInputReply rep;
+ int status = 0;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+
+ status = dmxRemoveInput(stuff->physicalId);
+
+ if (status) return status;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.status = status;
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber);
+ swapl(&rep.length);
+ swapl(&rep.status);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDMXRemoveInputReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcDMXDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data) {
+ case X_DMXQueryVersion: return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_DMXSync: return ProcDMXSync(client);
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
+ return ProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddScreen: return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes: return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
+ return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputCount: return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddInput: return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveInput: return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+
+ case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ default: return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXQueryVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXQueryVersionReq);
+ return ProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXSync(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXSyncReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXSyncReq);
+ return ProcDMXSync(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXForceWindowCreationReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->window);
+ return ProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetScreenCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenCountReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeScreensAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXGetScreenAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->screenCount);
+ swapl(&stuff->maskCount);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXAddScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int paddedLength;
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddScreenReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
+ return ProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXRemoveScreen(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveScreenReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalScreen);
+ return ProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetWindowAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->window);
+ return ProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetDesktopAttributesReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXChangeDesktopAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetInputCount(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputCountReq);
+ return ProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXGetInputAttributesReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->deviceId);
+ return ProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXAddInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int paddedLength;
+ REQUEST(xDMXAddInputReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDMXAddInputReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->displayNameLength);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask);
+ paddedLength = pad_to_int32(stuff->displayNameLength);
+ SwapLongs((CARD32 *)(stuff+1), LengthRestL(stuff) - paddedLength/4);
+ return ProcDMXAddInput(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXRemoveInput(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDMXRemoveInputReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->physicalId);
+ return ProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+}
+
+static int SProcDMXDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data) {
+ case X_DMXQueryVersion: return SProcDMXQueryVersion(client);
+ case X_DMXSync: return SProcDMXSync(client);
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreation: return SProcDMXForceWindowCreation(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenCount: return SProcDMXGetScreenCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetScreenAttributes: return SProcDMXGetScreenAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeScreensAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXChangeScreensAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddScreen: return SProcDMXAddScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveScreen: return SProcDMXRemoveScreen(client);
+ case X_DMXGetWindowAttributes: return SProcDMXGetWindowAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetDesktopAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXGetDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXChangeDesktopAttributes:
+ return SProcDMXChangeDesktopAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputCount: return SProcDMXGetInputCount(client);
+ case X_DMXGetInputAttributes: return SProcDMXGetInputAttributes(client);
+ case X_DMXAddInput: return SProcDMXAddInput(client);
+ case X_DMXRemoveInput: return SProcDMXRemoveInput(client);
+
+ case X_DMXGetScreenInformationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXForceWindowCreationDEPRECATED:
+ case X_DMXReconfigureScreenDEPRECATED:
+ return BadImplementation;
+
+ default: return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialize the extension. */
+void DMXExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+ if ((extEntry = AddExtension(DMX_EXTENSION_NAME, 0, 0,
+ ProcDMXDispatch, SProcDMXDispatch,
+ NULL, StandardMinorOpcode)))
+ DMXCode = extEntry->base;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxclient.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxclient.h
index c45f71fc0..f0f235f61 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxclient.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxclient.h
@@ -82,7 +82,6 @@ typedef XID KeySym64;
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#include <X11/cursorfont.h>
-#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h> /* For XmuSnprintf */
#include <X11/extensions/shape.h>
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h
index 5242268c1..fc2e118e0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxcursor.h
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@ extern void dmxBECreateCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
extern Bool dmxBEFreeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
#define DMX_GET_CURSOR_PRIV(_pCursor, _pScreen) ((dmxCursorPrivPtr) \
- dixLookupPrivate(&(_pCursor)->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(_pScreen)))
+ dixLookupScreenPrivate(&(_pCursor)->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey, _pScreen))
#define DMX_SET_CURSOR_PRIV(_pCursor, _pScreen, v) \
- dixSetPrivate(&(_pCursor)->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(_pScreen), v)
+ dixSetScreenPrivate(&(_pCursor)->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey, _pScreen, v)
#endif /* DMXCURSOR_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxextension.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxextension.c
index db5709ee6..80d11ee89 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxextension.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxextension.c
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ static void dmxSetRootWindowOrigin(int idx, int x, int y)
pScreen->y = dmxScreen->rootYOrigin;
/* Recalculate the Xinerama regions and data structs */
- XineramaReinitData(pScreen);
+ XineramaReinitData();
/* Adjust each of the root window's children */
if (!idx) ReinitializeRootWindow(screenInfo.screens[0]->root, xoff, yoff);
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
index bc1509b35..165476c5f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxinit.c
@@ -56,6 +56,7 @@
#include "dmxpict.h"
#include <X11/Xos.h> /* For gettimeofday */
+#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h> /* For XmuGetHostname */
#include "dixstruct.h"
#ifdef PANORAMIX
#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ static int dmxErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
/* Find major opcode name */
if (ev->request_code < 128) {
- XmuSnprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%d", ev->request_code);
+ snprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%d", ev->request_code);
XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", request, "", buf, sizeof(buf));
} else {
for (ext = dpy->ext_procs;
@@ -145,8 +146,8 @@ static int dmxErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
/* Find minor opcode name */
if (ev->request_code >= 128 && ext) {
- XmuSnprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%d", ev->request_code);
- XmuSnprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%s.%d",
+ snprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%d", ev->request_code);
+ snprintf(request, sizeof(request), "%s.%d",
ext->name, ev->minor_code);
XGetErrorDatabaseText(dpy, "XRequest", request, "", buf, sizeof(buf));
dmxLog(dmxWarning, " Minor opcode: %d (%s)\n",
@@ -515,7 +516,7 @@ static const char *dmxExecOS(void)
if (!initialized++) {
memset(buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
uname(&u);
- XmuSnprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1, "%s %s %s",
+ snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1, "%s %s %s",
u.sysname, u.release, u.version);
}
return buffer;
@@ -530,7 +531,7 @@ static const char *dmxBuildCompiler(void)
if (!initialized++) {
memset(buffer, 0, sizeof(buffer));
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) &&defined(__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__)
- XmuSnprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1, "gcc %d.%d.%d",
+ snprintf(buffer, sizeof(buffer)-1, "gcc %d.%d.%d",
__GNUC__, __GNUC_MINOR__, __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__);
#endif
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
index 95efcb0e0..b4695dd5d 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/dmxprop.c
@@ -1,347 +1,348 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
- * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it
- * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
- * physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must
- * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
- * fashion.
- *
- * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
- * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
- * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
- * sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the
- * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
- * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
- * already open on that server.
- *
- * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
- * both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case
- * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
- * particular backend X server.
- *
- * The routines in this file handle the property management. */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxprop.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
-#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
-
-/** The identification string of this DMX server */
-#define DMX_IDENT "Xdmx"
-
-extern char *display;
-
-static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-
-static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
-{
- /* RATS: These buffers are only used in
- * length-limited calls. */
- char hostname[256];
- static char buf[128];
- static int initialized = 0;
-
- if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
-
- XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
- return (unsigned char *)buf;
-}
-
-/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
- * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
- * screen and the \a closure. (The common case is that \a start is the
- * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
-void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
- void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
- void *closure)
-{
- DMXScreenInfo *pt;
-
- if (!start->next) {
- if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
- return f(start, closure);
- }
-
- for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
- void *retval;
- /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
- if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
- if (pt == start) break;
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
-{
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- XTextProperty tp;
- XTextProperty tproot;
- const char *pt;
- int retcode = 0;
- char **list = NULL;
- int count = 0;
- int i;
- int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
- if (!dpy)
- return 0;
-
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
- || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-
- /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
- * routine because the window id stored
- * in the property might be old */
- dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
- for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
- if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
- Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
- if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
- int flag = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
- ++flag;
- break;
- }
- if (flag) continue;
- ++retcode;
- dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
- "%s also running on %s\n",
- tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
- list = realloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
- list[count-1] = malloc(tp.nitems + 2);
- strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
- }
- XFree(tp.value);
- }
- }
- }
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
-
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++) free(list[i]);
- free(list);
- XFree(tproot.value);
- if (!retcode)
- dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
- return retcode;
-}
-
-/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
- * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
- * the display. */
-static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
- Atom atom)
-{
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- XTextProperty tproot;
- XTextProperty tp;
- const char *pt;
- int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
-
- if (!dpy)
- return NULL;
-
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
- || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
-
- /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
- * routine because the window id stored
- * in the property might be old */
- dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
- for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
- if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
- Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
- dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
- if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
- strlen((char *)id))) {
- int idx;
-
- if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
- idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
- if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
- if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
- return &dmxScreens[idx];
- }
- XFree(tp.value);
- }
- }
- }
- XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
- XFree(tproot.value);
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
- * otherwise. */
-int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- Atom atom;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
- if (!dpy)
- return 0;
-
- atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
- if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
- dmxScreen->shared = 1;
- return 1;
- }
- XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
- return 0;
-}
-
-/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
- * same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display
- * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
- * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
- * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
-int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
-{
- Display *dpy0 = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- Atom atom0;
- XTextProperty tp0;
- Display *dpy1 = NULL;
- Atom atom1;
- XTextProperty tp1;
- int retval = 0;
-
- if (!dpy0)
- return 0;
-
- tp0.nitems = 0;
- tp1.nitems = 0;
-
- if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
- return 0;
- }
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
- || !tp0.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
- dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
- if (atom1 == None) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
- || !tp1.nitems) {
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
- goto cleanup;
- }
- if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
-
- cleanup:
- if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
- if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
- if (dpy1) XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
- return retval;
-}
-
-/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
- * as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property
- * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
- * dmxScreen.
- *
- * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
- * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
- *
- * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
- * be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
- *
- * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
- */
-void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
-{
- Atom atom;
- const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- Window win = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
- DMXScreenInfo *other;
- char buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with XmuSnprintf */
-
- if (!dpy)
- return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
- * with this screen initially detached?
- */
-
- atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
- if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
- DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
- dmxScreen->next = (other->next ? other->next : other);
- other->next = (tmp ? tmp : dmxScreen);
- dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
- dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
- other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
- }
-
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
- (long unsigned)win);
- XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-
- XmuSnprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
- XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
- PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * It is possible for one of the DMX "backend displays" to actually be
+ * smaller than the dimensions of the backend X server. Therefore, it
+ * is possible for more than one of the DMX "backend displays" to be
+ * physically located on the same backend X server. This situation must
+ * be detected so that cursor motion can be handled in an expected
+ * fashion.
+ *
+ * We could analyze the names used for the DMX "backend displays" (e.g.,
+ * the names passed to the -display command-line parameter), but there
+ * are many possible names for a single X display, and failing to detect
+ * sameness leads to very unexpected results. Therefore, whenever the
+ * DMX server opens a window on a backend X server, a property value is
+ * queried and set on that backend to detect when another window is
+ * already open on that server.
+ *
+ * Further, it is possible that two different DMX server instantiations
+ * both have windows on the same physical backend X server. This case
+ * is also detected so that pointer input is not taken from that
+ * particular backend X server.
+ *
+ * The routines in this file handle the property management. */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxprop.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h> /* For XmuGetHostname */
+
+/** Holds the window id of all DMX windows on the backend X server. */
+#define DMX_ATOMNAME "DMX_NAME"
+
+/** The identification string of this DMX server */
+#define DMX_IDENT "Xdmx"
+
+extern char *display;
+
+static int dmxPropertyErrorHandler(Display *dpy, XErrorEvent *ev)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static const unsigned char *dmxPropertyIdentifier(void)
+{
+ /* RATS: These buffers are only used in
+ * length-limited calls. */
+ char hostname[256];
+ static char buf[128];
+ static int initialized = 0;
+
+ if (initialized++) return (unsigned char *)buf;
+
+ XmuGetHostname(hostname, sizeof(hostname));
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%s:%s", DMX_IDENT, hostname, display);
+ return (unsigned char *)buf;
+}
+
+/** Starting with the \a start screen, iterate over all of the screens
+ * on the same physical X server as \a start, calling \a f with the
+ * screen and the \a closure. (The common case is that \a start is the
+ * only DMX window on the backend X server.) */
+void *dmxPropertyIterate(DMXScreenInfo *start,
+ void *(*f)(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, void *),
+ void *closure)
+{
+ DMXScreenInfo *pt;
+
+ if (!start->next) {
+ if (!start->beDisplay) return NULL;
+ return f(start, closure);
+ }
+
+ for (pt = start->next; /* condition at end of loop */; pt = pt->next) {
+ void *retval;
+ /* beDisplay ban be NULL if a screen was detached */
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt = %p\n", pt);
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "pt->beDisplay = %p\n", pt->beDisplay);
+ if (pt->beDisplay && (retval = f(pt, closure))) return retval;
+ if (pt == start) break;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
+ * otherwise. */
+static int dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, Atom atom)
+{
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ XTextProperty tp;
+ XTextProperty tproot;
+ const char *pt;
+ int retcode = 0;
+ char **list = NULL;
+ int count = 0;
+ int i;
+ int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
+ || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
+
+ /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
+ * routine because the window id stored
+ * in the property might be old */
+ dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
+ for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
+ if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
+ Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
+ if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, DMX_IDENT, strlen(DMX_IDENT))) {
+ int flag = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if (!strcmp(list[i], (char *)tp.value)) {
+ ++flag;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (flag) continue;
+ ++retcode;
+ dmxLogOutputWarning(dmxScreen,
+ "%s also running on %s\n",
+ tp.value, dmxScreen->name);
+ list = realloc(list, ++count * sizeof(*list));
+ list[count-1] = malloc(tp.nitems + 2);
+ strncpy(list[count-1], (char *)tp.value, tp.nitems + 1);
+ }
+ XFree(tp.value);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++) free(list[i]);
+ free(list);
+ XFree(tproot.value);
+ if (!retcode)
+ dmxLogOutput(dmxScreen, "No Xdmx server running on backend\n");
+ return retcode;
+}
+
+/** Returns NULL if this is the only Xdmx window on the display.
+ * Otherwise, returns a pointer to the dmxScreen of the other windows on
+ * the display. */
+static DMXScreenInfo *dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen,
+ Atom atom)
+{
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ XTextProperty tproot;
+ XTextProperty tp;
+ const char *pt;
+ int (*dmxOldHandler)(Display *, XErrorEvent *);
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), &tproot, atom)
+ || !tproot.nitems) return 0;
+
+ /* Ignore BadWindow errors for this
+ * routine because the window id stored
+ * in the property might be old */
+ dmxOldHandler = XSetErrorHandler(dmxPropertyErrorHandler);
+ for (pt = (const char *)tproot.value; pt && *pt; pt = pt ? pt + 1 : NULL) {
+ if ((pt = strchr(pt, ','))) {
+ Window win = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (XGetTextProperty(dpy, win, &tp, atom) && tp.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug,"On %s/%lu: %s\n",
+ dmxScreen->name, win, tp.value);
+ if (!strncmp((char *)tp.value, (char *)id,
+ strlen((char *)id))) {
+ int idx;
+
+ if (!(pt = strchr((char *)tp.value, ','))) continue;
+ idx = strtol(pt+1, NULL, 10);
+ if (idx < 0 || idx >= dmxNumScreens) continue;
+ if (dmxScreens[idx].scrnWin != win) continue;
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+ return &dmxScreens[idx];
+ }
+ XFree(tp.value);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ XSetErrorHandler(dmxOldHandler);
+ XFree(tproot.value);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Returns 0 if this is the only Xdmx session on the display; 1
+ * otherwise. */
+int dmxPropertyDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return 0;
+
+ atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
+ if (dmxPropertyCheckOtherServers(dmxScreen, atom)) {
+ dmxScreen->shared = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeReplace, id, strlen((char *)id));
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/** Returns 1 if the dmxScreen and the display in \a name are on the
+ * same display, or 0 otherwise. We can't just compare the display
+ * names because there can be multiple synonyms for the same display,
+ * some of which cannot be determined without accessing the display
+ * itself (e.g., domain aliases or machines with multiple NICs). */
+int dmxPropertySameDisplay(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen, const char *name)
+{
+ Display *dpy0 = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ Atom atom0;
+ XTextProperty tp0;
+ Display *dpy1 = NULL;
+ Atom atom1;
+ XTextProperty tp1;
+ int retval = 0;
+
+ if (!dpy0)
+ return 0;
+
+ tp0.nitems = 0;
+ tp1.nitems = 0;
+
+ if ((atom0 = XInternAtom(dpy0, DMX_ATOMNAME, True)) == None) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No atom on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy0, RootWindow(dpy0,0), &tp0, atom0)
+ || !tp0.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "No text property on %s\n", dmxScreen->name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!(dpy1 = XOpenDisplay(name))) {
+ dmxLog(dmxWarning, "Cannot open %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ atom1 = XInternAtom(dpy1, DMX_ATOMNAME, True);
+ if (atom1 == None) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No atom on %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ if (!XGetTextProperty(dpy1, RootWindow(dpy1,0), &tp1, atom1)
+ || !tp1.nitems) {
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "No text property on %s\n", name);
+ goto cleanup;
+ }
+ if (!strcmp((char *)tp0.value, (char *)tp1.value)) retval = 1;
+
+ cleanup:
+ if (tp0.nitems) XFree(tp0.value);
+ if (tp1.nitems) XFree(tp1.value);
+ if (dpy1) XCloseDisplay(dpy1);
+ return retval;
+}
+
+/** Prints a log message if \a dmxScreen is on the same backend X server
+ * as some other DMX backend (output) screen. Modifies the property
+ * (#DMX_ATOMNAME) on the backend X server to reflect the creation of \a
+ * dmxScreen.
+ *
+ * The root window of the backend X server holds a list of window ids
+ * for all DMX windows (on this DMX server or some other DMX server).
+ *
+ * This list can then be iterated, and the property for each window can
+ * be examined. This property contains the following tuple (no quotes):
+ *
+ * "#DMX_IDENT:<hostname running DMX>:<display name of DMX>,<screen number>"
+ */
+void dmxPropertyWindow(DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen)
+{
+ Atom atom;
+ const unsigned char *id = dmxPropertyIdentifier();
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ Window win = dmxScreen->scrnWin;
+ DMXScreenInfo *other;
+ char buf[128]; /* RATS: only used with snprintf */
+
+ if (!dpy)
+ return; /* FIXME: What should be done here if Xdmx is started
+ * with this screen initially detached?
+ */
+
+ atom = XInternAtom(dpy, DMX_ATOMNAME, False);
+ if ((other = dmxPropertyCheckOtherWindows(dmxScreen, atom))) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *tmp = dmxScreen->next;
+ dmxScreen->next = (other->next ? other->next : other);
+ other->next = (tmp ? tmp : dmxScreen);
+ dmxLog(dmxDebug, "%d/%s/%lu and %d/%s/%lu are on the same backend\n",
+ dmxScreen->index, dmxScreen->name, dmxScreen->scrnWin,
+ other->index, other->name, other->scrnWin);
+ }
+
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), ".%d,%lu", dmxScreen->index,
+ (long unsigned)win);
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, RootWindow(dpy,0), atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
+
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s,%d", id, dmxScreen->index);
+ XChangeProperty(dpy, win, atom, XA_STRING, 8,
+ PropModeAppend, (unsigned char *)buf, strlen(buf));
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.xml b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.xml
index c998485bc..ce472c2bf 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.xml
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/doc/dmx.xml
@@ -1,3430 +1,3430 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
-<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
-]>
-
-<article>
-
- <articleinfo>
- <!-- Title information -->
- <title>Distributed Multihead X design</title>
- <authorgroup>
- <author><firstname>Kevin E.</firstname><surname>Martin</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>David H.</firstname><surname>Dawes</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Rickard E.</firstname><surname>Faith</surname></author>
- </authorgroup>
- <pubdate>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)</pubdate>
- <abstract><para>
- This document covers the motivation, background, design, and
- implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It
- is a living document and describes the current design and
- implementation details of the DMX system. As the project
- progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect
- the changes in the code and/or design. <emphasis remap="it">Copyright 2001 by VA
- Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California. Copyright 2001-2004
- by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</emphasis>
- </para></abstract>
- </articleinfo>
-
-<!-- Begin the document -->
-<sect1>
-<title>Introduction</title>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>The Distributed Multihead X Server</title>
-
-<para>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single
-physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display devices,
-which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single
-desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the number of
-physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the
-number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards). Thus, large
-tiled displays are not currently possible. The work described in this
-paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in
-the same physical machine. This will be accomplished by developing a
-front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers
-that make up the large display.
-</para>
-
-<para>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is
-as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of
-back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X
-clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would
-to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an abstracted
-view to the client of a single large display. This will ensure that all
-standard X clients will continue to operate without modification
-(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X
-server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to
-obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of
-pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).
-</para>
-
-<para>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:
-input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and
-windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, and the
-rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.
-</para>
-
-<para>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input
-devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on
-which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to
-one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the
-X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be
-abstracted from any non-back-end X server. Backend and console devices
-are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X
-server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor. Full
-support for XInput extension devices is provided.
-</para>
-
-<para>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,
-rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to
-the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual
-rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. GC
-state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the
-appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at
-least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing
-requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the
-front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the
-windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate
-back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the back-end
-server(s) as needed.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Layout of Paper</title>
-
-<para>The next section describes the general development plan that was
-actually used for implementation. The final section discusses
-outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first appendix
-provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those
-intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The final appendix
-describes the four phases of development that were performed during the
-first two years of development.
-</para>
-
-<para>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not
-described in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during
-that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in
-Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays
-(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display
-and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in this paper,
-but is not covered in detail.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>
-<title>Development plan</title>
-
-<para>This section describes the development plan from approximately June
-2001 through July 2003.
-</para>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Bootstrap code</title>
-
-<para>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple
-developers during the first development stage, the problem will be
-broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end
-rendering services and input device handling services. However, before
-the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer
-could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort. This
-framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input
-devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The simple back-end rendering
-service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently
-available in the XFree86 environment.
-</para>
-
-<para>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to
-work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the
-framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server
-configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to
-the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device
-framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will
-be developed.
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: The boot strap code is complete. <!-- August 2001 -->
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Input device handling</title>
-
-<para>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core
-input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices
-are handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of
-input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.
-These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',
-</para>
-
-<para>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core
-input devices:
-
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and
- mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this
- case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X
- server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the
- raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X
- input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,
- pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of
- keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat
- state, keyboard sound and led state. Similarly the front-end
- pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the
- button mapping and movement acceleration parameters. With this
- option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the
- back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode. This option was
- implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific
- devices. Adding additional local input devices for other
- architectures is expected to be relatively simple.
-</para>
-
- <para>The following options are available for implementing local input
- devices:
-
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could
- be adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide
- range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of
- Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is
- not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made
- so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input
- drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch
- screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally
- complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple
- devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on
- XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not
- pursued.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>The <command>kdrive</command> X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that
- support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver
- can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility
- <command>gpm</command> is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into
- PS/2 mouse format. These drivers could be adapted and built in
- to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS
- support is sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86
- drivers, the <command>kdrive</command> drivers were not used for the DMX
- implementation.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from
- scratch for the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse
- drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was
- selected. Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,
- and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in
- the DMX source code.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input
- devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core
- input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input
- event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input
- devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state
- will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the
- back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works
- well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware
- mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput
- extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices
- can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Console Input. The front-end server could create a console
- window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end
- X servers. This console window could display things like the
- physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input
- events from events delivered to the console window. This option was
- implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window
- outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, console
- windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Other options were initially explored, but they were all
- partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are
- irrelevant.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the
-Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so
-that XInput extension devices were supported.
-</para>
-
-<para>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are
-still supported in the final version. These do the necessary
-initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer
-and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the
-XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86
-infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for
-Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the
-devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput
-"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of
-devices can be simultaneously available):
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the
- Xdmx binary is running. This is the only area where using the
- XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then
- only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does
- not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver
- code was used where possible). Currently, the following local
- devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating
- systems should be fairly straightforward):
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>Linux keyboard</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Linux serial mouse (MS)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Linux PS/2 mouse</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>USB keyboard</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>USB mouse</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end
- displays. In this case, events are taken from the back-end X
- server and are converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so
- that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input
- is being taken.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx
- creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running
- the Xdmx binary). When the operator's mouse is inside the
- console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.
- Several special features are available: the console can display
- outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate
- navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a
- "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor
- positioning.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Output device handling</title>
-
-<para>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing
-requests across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in
-a grid such that together they represent a single large display.
-</para>
-
-<para>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first
-is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client
-connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but
-does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The second
-part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the
-front-end server and display the results on their screens.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Initialization</title>
-
-<para>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to
-each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of
-these screens. However, the information collected from the back-end X
-servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be difficult
-and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has one back-end X
-server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.
-Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()
-requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.
-Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to
-handle them is required. The current Xinerama code handles many of
-these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a
-starting point. In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X
-servers and display devices. Using back-end servers with the same depth
-is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.
-</para>
-
-<para>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of
-each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. A
-full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the
-cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation can
-also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per
-back-end screen.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Handling rendering requests</title>
-
-<para>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.
-There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing
-requests are handled in the DMX system:
-
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the
- render target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely
- handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are
- maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire
- framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are
- updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the
- shadow framebuffer.
-</para>
-
- <para>This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not
- take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.
- Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and
- thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.
-</para>
-
- <para>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by
- default.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for
- handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this
- option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end
- server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the
- back-end servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the
- multiple back-end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled
- on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration
- available on the back-end servers' graphics display device. State
- is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.
-</para>
-
- <para>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol
- requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will
- completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth
- and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the front-
- and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as in
- option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or
- are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be used in the final
- implementation.
-</para>
-
- <para>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also
- supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations
- were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default
- mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and
- in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.
-<!-- May 2002 -->
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Optimizing DMX</title>
-
-<para>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured
-and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.
-There are four main areas that will be addressed.
-</para>
-
-<para>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development
-phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync()
-function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the
-back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has
-completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance
-greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first
-development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is
-effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and
-optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,
-except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).
-</para>
-
-<para>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the
-repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of
-whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests that
-are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited
-bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's
-windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),
-we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that
-trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can
-eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.
-</para>
-
-<para>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is
-possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.
-The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since
-they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the
-front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests will be analyzed
-and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests
-will be implemented.
-</para>
-
-<para>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to
-be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.
-This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and
-eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact
-same fonts as the front-end server. We are investigating the
-feasibility of this extension during this development phase.
-</para>
-
-<para>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance
-analysis.
-</para>
-
-<para>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT
-operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an
-extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy
-pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential optimization was
-in response to the simple image movement implementation that required
-potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage(). However, the
-current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations
-differently. Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate
-expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from
-off a screen to on screen. This approach saves the limited bandwidth
-available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized
-with Xinerama. It also eliminates the potential setup problems and
-security issues resulting from having each back-end server open
-connections to all other back-end servers. Therefore, we suggest
-accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.
-</para>
-
-<para>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third
-optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be
-defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable
-these optimizations.
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was
-determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and
-creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the
-fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.
-<!-- September 2002 -->
-</para>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>DMX X extension support</title>
-
-<para>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the
-back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to
-any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the
-screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. These
-clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render
-to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware
-clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send
-them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens. An
-example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is
-Chromium.
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in
-"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes
-might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to
-DMX. Currently, the following facilities are supported:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem><para>
- Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative
- to the virtual screen)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
- Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each
- back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
- Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to
- back-end device IDs)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
- Force window creation (so that a client can override the
- server-side lazy window creation optimization)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
- Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen
- position be changed)
-</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>
- Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and
- console inputs.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->
-
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Common X extension support</title>
-
-<para>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used
-extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and
-non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input
-devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.
-XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds
-support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window
-managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions
-available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.
-</para>
-
-<para>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X
-Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital
-image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.
-While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,
-support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.
-</para>
-
-<para>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first
-development phase.
-</para>
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->
-<para>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in
-more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DMX,
- DPMS,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- GLX,
- LBX,
- RECORD,
- RENDER,
- SECURITY,
- SHAPE,
- SYNC,
- X-Resource,
- XC-APPGROUP,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-Bigfont,
- XINERAMA,
- XInputExtension,
- XKEYBOARD, and
- XTEST.
-<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>OpenGL support</title>
-
-<para>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4
-and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)
-provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated
-OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local
-clients.
-</para>
-
-<para>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use
-the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same
-physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to
-the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to
-support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.
-OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X
-server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the
-existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for
-synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports
-it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server
-on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.
-</para>
-
-<para>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical
-hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render
-primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are
-several options as to how this can be implemented.
-</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be
- used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each
- back-end server. This option is similar to the unoptimized
- Xnest-style approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution
- is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other
- distributed rendering systems.
-</para></listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the
- current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via
- calls to XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to
- the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and
- bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers
- are not required to have OpenGL support.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the
-work.
-</para>
-
-<para>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the
-DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end
-servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.
-</para>
-
-<para>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by
-SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.
-</para>
-<!-- May 2003-->
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect1>
-<title>Current issues</title>
-
-<para>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further
-investigation.
-</para>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Fonts</title>
-
-<para>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and
-each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end
-servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of
-available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many
-different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) will
-be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.
-Other possibilities will be investigated during development.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Zero width rendering primitives</title>
-
-<para>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all
-back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as
-the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end
-servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be
-automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled in
-the front-end server via the GC state.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Output scaling</title>
-
-<para>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the
-information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can be
-easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic primitive
-scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate the
-possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate
-pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications
-use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be
-investigated.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Per-screen colormaps</title>
-
-<para>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers
-should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support
-is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma
-tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type
-of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation would be
-to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while
-using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type
-of color correction. Other options will be investigated.
-</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<appendix>
-<title>Appendix</title>
-
-<sect1>
-<title>Background</title>
-
-<para>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that
-can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development
-project is based. This section was written before the implementation
-was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.
-It is left for historical interest only.
-</para>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Core input device handling</title>
-
-<para>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled
-by an X server.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>InitInput()</title>
-
-<para>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each
-server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
-to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register
-them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.
-InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if
-either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not
-registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in
-InitInput().
-</para>
-
-<para>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine
-which input devices are available. For each input device it will be
-using, it calls AddInputDevice():
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>AddInputDevice()</term>
-<listitem><para>This DIX function allocates the device structure,
-registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and
-off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque. It
-is called once for each input device.
-</para></listitem>
-</varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have
-been obtained from AddInputDevice(). If both core devices are not
-registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it
-attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is
-called directly after InitInput() (see below).
-</para>
-
-<para>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code
-(which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration
-is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86
-code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.
-</para>
-
-<para><variablelist>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miRegisterPointerDevice()</term>
-<listitem><para>This MI function registers the core
-pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input
-event queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided
-in the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own
-event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput
-extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, the
-MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by
-calling mieqInit():
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>mieqInit()</term>
-<listitem><para>This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the
-core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles
-for the two core devices.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input
-events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function
-RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description
-below.)
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>InitAndStartDevices()</title>
-
-<para>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately
-after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
-to initialize each input device that was registered with
-AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully
-initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each
-registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input
-devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and
-core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not,
-InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server
-exiting with a fatal error.
-</para>
-
-<para>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback
-(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function initializes the
-device structs with core information relevant to the device.
-</para>
-
-<para>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,
-default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually
-miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the
-core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the
-motion buffer size.
-</para>
-
-<para>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,
-default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the
-functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the
-keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which
-keys are auto-repeating, etc).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>EnableDevice()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>EnableDevice() calls the device callback with
-DEVICE_ON:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>This typically opens and
- initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,
- registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid
- input source.
- </para></listitem></varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's
- global list of enabled devices.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and
-pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if either
-are missing.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>devReadInput()</title>
-
-<para>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its
-physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. In
-the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX
-wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is
-available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a
-(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This
-function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get
-enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events
-(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue
-processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue
-handling).
-</para>
-
-<para>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>mieqEnqueue()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This MI function is used to add input events to the
-event queue. It is simply passed the event to be queued.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are
-enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or
-miPointerDeltaCursor():
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miPointerAbsoluteCursor()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This MI function is used to move the
-cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miPointerDeltaCursor()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This MI function is used to move the cursor
-relative to its current position.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>ProcessInputEvents()</title>
-
-<para>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X
-server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input
-event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates
-the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event
-processing.
-</para>
-
-<para>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed
-to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>mieqProcessInputEvents()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function processes each event in the
-event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.
-The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they
-handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant
-clients.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miPointerUpdate()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function resynchronized the cursor position
-with the new pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor
-between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>DisableDevice()</title>
-
-<para>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no
-longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept in
-place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling
-EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is
-desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT
-switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for
-core input devices.
-</para>
-
-<para>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<constant>DEVICE_OFF</constant>:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's
-global list of enabled devices.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>CloseDevice()</title>
-
-<para>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
-list of available devices. It disables input from the device and frees
-all data structures associated with the device. This function is
-usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at
-the end of each server generation to close all input devices.
-</para>
-
-<para>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with
-<constant>DEVICE_CLOSE</constant>:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This typically closes the
-relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
-file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device
-specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,
-they are freed here.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated
-for the device when it was registered/initialized.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>LegalModifier()</title>
-<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->
-<para>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to
-restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present for
-historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE
-unconditionally.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Output handling</title>
-
-<para>The following sections describe the main functions required to
-initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X
-server.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>InitOutput()</title>
-
-<para>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation
-from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is to
-initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for
-each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo
-struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which
-can be used to determine additional configuration information.
-</para>
-
-<para>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:
-
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para><emphasis remap="bf">Parse configuration info:</emphasis> The first task of InitOutput()
- is to parses any configuration information from the configuration
- file. In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration
- information can be taken from the command line. The command line
- options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the
- ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by
- ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the
- characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X
- server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the
- screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are
- located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para><emphasis remap="bf">Initialize screen info:</emphasis> The next task is to initialize
- the screen-dependent internal data structures. For example, part of
- what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap
- private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed
- devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that
- match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para><emphasis remap="bf">Set pixmap formats:</emphasis> The next task is to initialize the
- screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline
- unit/pad. The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel
- and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem>
- <para><emphasis remap="bf">Unify screen info:</emphasis> An optional task that might be done at
- this stage is to compare all of the information from the various
- screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of
- screens can be unified into a single desktop). This task has
- potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's
- PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each
-of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>AddScreen()</title>
-
-<para>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to
-add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen
-initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)
-are passed to it as arguments.
-</para>
-
-<para>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates
-that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen
-struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it calls
-the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described
-below. It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1
-if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen
-initialization fails.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>ScreenInit()</title>
-
-<para>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with
-either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also
-fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in
-millimeters, black and white pixel values).
-</para>
-
-<para>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform
-certain screen initialization functions. They are described below:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually
-calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or
-fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not
-specifically handle.
-</para>
-
-<para>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any
-screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's
-function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old
-function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private
-area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miInitializeBackingStore()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This MI function initializes the
-screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of
-windows that are currently covered by other windows.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>miDCInitialize()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This MI function initializes the MI cursor
-display structures and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used,
-the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and
-the MI cursor display function pointers.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the
-output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the
-ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and
-then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>CloseScreen()</title>
-
-<para>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in
-particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of
-the output device to its original state. It should also free any
-private data it created during the screen initialization.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>GC operations</title>
-
-<para>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does
-so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation
-function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These functions
-render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,
-text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are provided either by the MI
-layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the
-framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a
-linearly mapped frame buffer.
-</para>
-
-<para>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,
-specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.
-However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the
-possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,
-appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of
-the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single
-pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash patterns
-that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the
-default routine is chosen during GC validation.
-</para>
-
-<para>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are
-stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),
-CopyWindow() and RestoreAreas().
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Xnest</title>
-
-<para>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X
-protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then
-processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To the X
-applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. However,
-Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X
-server, which will actually handle the requests.
-</para>
-
-<para>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output
-initialization steps outlined above.
-</para>
-
-<para><variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>InitOutput()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>Xnest takes its configuration information from
-command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information
-includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual
-class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. Xnest then
-connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and
-pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that
-server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.
-</para>
-
-<para>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the
-data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap
-formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to
-initialize each of its screens.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>ScreenInit()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called
-xnestOpenScreen(). This function initializes its screen's depth and
-visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default
-screen functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and
-miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.
-Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own
-functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to
-which Xnest is attached.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>CloseScreen()</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function frees its internal data structure
-allocations. Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,
-there are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead to
-problems during server regeneration.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>GC operations</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since
-they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is
-attached. Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the
-real X server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X
-application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns into a
-protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function
-through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table. The xnestPolylines()
-function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same
-arguments that were passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very
-similar. Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above
-are the image functions and the BLT operations.
-</para>
-
-<para>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary
-image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed
-from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the
-client. When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is
-destroyed.
-</para>
-
-<para>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the
-copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,
-but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics
-exposure bit is set to True. Graphics exposures are handled in a helper
-function, xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure
-events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being
-exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it
-can generate exposure events for the X application.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is
-connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and
-mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back
-to any client that requests those events.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Shadow framebuffer</title>
-
-<para>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that
-maps to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing
-that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The
-shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire
-framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular
-intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and
-rotated framebuffers.
-</para>
-
-<para>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function allocates the in
-memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp. It returns a
-pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer
-ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>This function
-initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It wraps several screen
-drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the
-screen. The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions
-to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the
-entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so
-that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the
-VGA aperture).
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-
-<para>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each
-screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that
-have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block handler
-is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.
-</para>
-
-<para>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all
-drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated
-hardware drawing operations are possible.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Xinerama</title>
-
-<para>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens
-controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. Although
-the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via
-extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core
-X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of Xinerama came
-from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces
-and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance. The
-Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization
-process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based
-on this rewritten version.
-</para>
-
-<para>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX
-(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X
-server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to
-support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to
-provide full Xinerama functionality.
-</para>
-
-<para>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.
-</para>
-
-<para>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the
-PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the
-PanoramiX prefix.
-</para>
-
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>PanoramiXExtensionInit()</term>
-<listitem>
- <para>PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called at the start of
- each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from
- the X server's main() function after all output devices have been
- initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.
- </para>
-
- <para>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. If
- only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and
- PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.
- </para>
-
- <para>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().
- </para>
-
- <para>GC and Screen private
- indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are
- allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama-specific
- per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen
- functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and
- XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes are
- created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for
- Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.
- </para>
-
- <para>A region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is
- initialized to be the union of the screen regions.
- The relative positioning information for the
- physical screens is taken from the ScreenRec x and y members, which
- the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds of the
- combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and
- PanoramiXPixHeight).
- </para>
-
- <para>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers
- (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that
- holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol
- requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up
- into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. The original
- set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;. The types of requests
- intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,
- drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. This wrapping
- allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled
- transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations cannot be dealt with
- in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the
- DIX layer.
- </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>PanoramiXConsolidate()</term>
-<listitem>
- <para>PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called directly from
- the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output
- devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are
- defined and initialized.
-</para>
-
- <para>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and
- visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)
- common to all of the physical screens.
- PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and
- PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.
- Resources are created for the single root window and the default
- colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.
- </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry>
-
-<varlistentry>
-<term>PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()</term>
-<listitem>
- <para>PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
- device-independent extension function that is called directly from
- the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root
- windows are created. It is called instead of the standard DIX
- CreateConnectionBlock() function. If this function returns FALSE,
- the X server exits with a fatal error. This function will return
- FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().
- With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.
- </para>
-
- <para>The connection block holds the information that clients get when
- they open a connection to the X server. It includes information
- such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the
- sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each
- of the screens (much of information that <command>xdpyinfo</command> shows). The
- connection block is initialized with the combined single screen
- values that were calculated in the above two functions.
- </para>
-
- <para>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection
- block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow other
- extensions to do processing at this point. These callbacks can be
- registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from
- the other extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered
- connection block callback is called at the end of
- PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().
- </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code</title>
-
-<para>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX
-code. The main ones are described here.
-</para>
-
-<para>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of
-the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the
-processing for screen numbers &gt; 0. This is because they are handled for
-the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.
-</para>
-
-<para>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between
-the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion
-events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather
-than the physical screen origins.
-</para>
-
-<para>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing
-that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the
-intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of
-pointers moving between physical screens.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code</title>
-
-<para>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()
-to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Intercepted DIX core requests</title>
-
-<para>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical
-screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.
-GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are replicated on
-each physical screen. The functions handling the intercepted requests
-take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can
-be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in
-turn. In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from
-many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the
-necessary state information for the single composite screen. Requests
-(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this
-stored state information do not call the standard request handling
-functions.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-
-<sect1>
-<title>Development Results</title>
-
-<para>In this section the results of each phase of development are
-discussed. This development took place between approximately June 2001
-and July 2003.
-</para>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Phase I</title>
-
-<para>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation
-including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the
-unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Scope</title>
-
-<para>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can
-act as a foundation for ongoing work:
-<orderedlist>
-<listitem>
- <para>Develop the proxy X server
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and
- relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and
- Xnest.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the
- proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to
- each of the back-end servers for display.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>The multiple screen layout (including support for
- overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a
- configuration file or through the configuration tool.
- </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Develop graphical configuration tool
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to
- configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user
- to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and
- how they should be laid out.
- </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Pass the X Test Suite
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All
- tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed
- X environment.
- </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-</para>
-
-<para>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X
-servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future
-optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the
-configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source
-tree (e.g., Xt).
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Results</title>
-
-<para>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol
-requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each
-back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root
-window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and
-other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to
-either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based
-on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.
-</para>
-
-<para>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end
-server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)
-from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these devices
-are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx
-server.
-</para>
-
-<para>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user
-easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see
-grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by
-the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing
-support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X
-source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for
-converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is
-provided by the vdltodmx utility.
-</para>
-
-<para>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of
-XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a
-completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was
-developed. In addition, a graphical configuration
-tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange
-the screens in the configuration file. The <emphasis remap="bf">-configfile</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="bf">-config</emphasis>
-command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration
-file.
-</para>
-
-<para>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X
-Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was
-implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test
-Suite are described in detail below.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>X Test Suite</title>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>Introduction</title>
- <para>
- The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions
- operate correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a
- single X server; however, since X applications will not be
- able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a
- standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the
- DMX server.
- </para>
- <para>
- The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the
- existing failures are noted in this section. To put these
- results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test
- failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact
- Xdmx test results.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>Expected Failures for a Single Head</title>
- <para>
- A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is
- expected to fail certain X Test tests. The following
- well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X
- server code:
- <literallayout>
-XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73
-XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- The following failures occur because of the high-level X
- server implementation:
- <literallayout>
-XLoadQueryFont: Test 1
-XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4
-XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- The following test fails when running the X server as root
- under Linux because of the way directory modes are
- interpreted:
- <literallayout>
-XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other
- failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level
- driver implementation. Over time, failures of this kind
- are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx
- testing until then.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>Expected Failures for Xinerama</title>
- <para>
- Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of
- design decisions made for the current implementation of
- Xinerama. Over time, many of these errors will be
- corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new
- Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share
- X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- We may be able to fix or work-around some of these
- failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require
- additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of
- Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and
- the underlying graphics hardware. We tested with a
- variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,
- and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below
- includes only those failures that appear to be from the
- Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in
- the previous section, or failures that appear to be from
- the low-level graphics driver itself:
- </para>
-
- <para>
- These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama
- configurations:
- <literallayout>
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- These failures were noted only when using one dual-head
- video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:
- <literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XDrawRectangles: Test 45
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- These failures were noted only when using two video cards
- from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:
- <literallayout>
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XDrawLine: Test 22
-XFillArc: Test 22
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>Additional Failures from Xdmx</title>
-
- <para>
- When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.
- Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to
- have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx
- server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the
- low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also
- expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end
- failures. Here is a summary:
- <literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
-XCreateWindow: Test 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31
-XSetFontPath: Test 4
-XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)
-XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
- </literallayout>
- </para>
- <para>
- Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for
- Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform
- some Xinerama operations. Further, some Xinerama failures
- have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-
- <sect4>
- <title>Summary and Future Work</title>
-
- <para>
- Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any
- failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying
- Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the
- low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X
- servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as
- possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite
- tests.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- During the following phases, we will continue to verify
- Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use
- other tests suites or write additional tests that run
- under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the
- expected behavior of DMX.
- </para>
- </sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Fonts</title>
-
-<para>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the
-back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end
-server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is that
-<emphasis remap="bf">the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font
-path</emphasis>. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the
-same font path:
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>First, each server can be configured to use the same font
- server. The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to
- multiple X servers via TCP.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font
- path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end
- machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end
- machine.
- </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font
-path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each
-back-end machine.
-</para>
-
-<para>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to
-initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is
-propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. If
-there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe
-the problem and list the current font path. For more information about
-setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man
-page.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Performance</title>
-
-<para>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its
-focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in
-the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during Phase I,
-which are listed here for reference during the next phase of
-development.
-</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a
- complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is
- especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap
- should improve performance.
- </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Pixmaps</title>
-
-<para>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the
-front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated
-the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large
-images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap
-to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just
-as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the same
-rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on
-the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy
-from pixmap to window.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect2>
-<title>Phase II</title>
-
-<para>The second phase of development concentrates on performance
-optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with
-<command>x11perf</command> data to show how the optimizations improve performance.
-</para>
-
-<para>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor
-1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to
-two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI
-Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux
-2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and
-version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on
-August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0</title>
-
-<para>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged
-with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August
-2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).
-After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%
-faster:
-<screen>
-1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
-</screen>
-And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
-<screen>
-0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
-0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
-0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
-0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
-0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
-0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-
-<para>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and
-may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more
-"jitter" than most other <command>x11perf</command> tests.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Global changes</title>
-
-<para>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global
-changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I
-server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:
-<screen>
-1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
-1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
-1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-
-<para>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
-<screen>
-0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels
-0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels
-0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window
-0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window
-0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-
-<para>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will
-be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless
-otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in
-isolation impact performance.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>XSync() Batching</title>
-
-<para>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every
-protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server
-with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system
-and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During
-Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer
-followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is
-noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX
-server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.
-With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a
-100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.
-</para>
-
-<para>Out of more than 300 <command>x11perf</command> tests, 8 tests became more than 100
-times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
-and 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary.
-</para>
-
-<para>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with
-XSync() batching on:
-<screen>
-0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
-0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window
-</screen>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Offscreen Optimization</title>
-
-<para>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,
-during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end
-server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless
-of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen
-optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a
-back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering
-requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves bandwidth
-between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of
-XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only
-two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the
-number of back-end servers increases.
-</para>
-
-<para>Out of more than 300 <command>x11perf</command> tests, 3 tests were at least twice as
-fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more than
-10% slower with the offscreen optimization:
-<screen>
-0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
-0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Lazy Window Creation Optimization</title>
-
-<para>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every
-back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With
-the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create
-windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they
-become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on the
-offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.
-</para>
-
-<para>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window
-data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,
-but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). A private
-window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and
-tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later
-use. The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)
-when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end
-server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the
-window becomes the parent of a previously visible window. The first
-case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,
-moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen. The
-second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created
-windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.
-</para>
-
-<para>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created
-using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.
-The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the
-back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this time forward, the
-window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time
-of the client's request.
-</para>
-
-<para>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's
-screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;
-rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes
-visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this
-optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected
-because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or
-resized, which is common in many window managers.
-</para>
-
-<para>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end
-servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of
-back-end servers increases.
-</para>
-
-<para>This optimization improved the following <command>x11perf</command> tests by more
-than 10%:
-<screen>
-1.10 500x500 rectangle outline
-1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
-1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Subdividing Rendering Primitives</title>
-
-<para>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and
-the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the
-image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen
-optimization (above), these requests still required transferring
-significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible
-portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to
-copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the
-entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.
-</para>
-
-<para>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and
-the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is
-subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's
-screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already implements a
-subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was
-needed.
-</para>
-
-<para>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to
-subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time
-required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so
-this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.
-</para>
-
-<para>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two
-back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number
-of back-end servers increases.
-</para>
-
-<para>This optimization improved the following <command>x11perf</command> tests by more
-than 10%:
-<screen>
-1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
-1.26 PutImage 10x10 square
-1.83 PutImage 100x100 square
-1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
-1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square
-1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square
-1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square
-1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
-1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-
-<para>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this
-optimization:
-<screen>
-0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
-</screen>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Summary of x11perf Data</title>
-
-<para>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <command>x11perf</command> tests are more than
-100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than
-50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.
-No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II
-deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate
-Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II
-deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability
-than other <command>x11perf</command> tests.)
-</para>
-
-<para>The following table summarizes relative <command>x11perf</command> test changes for
-all optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the
-optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.
-<screen>
-
-1: XSync() batching only
-2: Off screen optimizations only
-3: Window optimizations only
-4: Subdivprims only
-5: All optimizations
-
- 1 2 3 4 5 Operation
------- ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------
- 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot
- 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle
- 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle
- 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle
- 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
- 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
- 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
- 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
- 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
- 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
- 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
- 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment
- 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment
- 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment
- 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment
- 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid)
- 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids)
- 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids)
- 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment
- 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment
- 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment
- 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment
- 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment
- 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment
- 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment
- 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment
- 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment
- 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment
- 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment
- 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment
- 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment
- 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment
- 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment
- 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line
- 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line
- 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line
- 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line
- 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line
- 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line
- 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line
- 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line
- 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line
- 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line
- 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline
- 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline
- 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline
- 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline
- 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline
- 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle
- 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle
- 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle
- 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle
- 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle
- 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle
- 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle
- 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle
- 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle
- 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle
- 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle
- 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle
- 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle
- 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle
- 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle
- 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle
- 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle
- 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle
- 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle
- 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
- 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle
- 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle
- 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle
- 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse
- 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse
- 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse
- 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse
- 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse
- 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse
- 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse
- 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse
- 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse
- 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse
- 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse
- 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse
- 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse
- 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse
- 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse
- 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
- 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
- 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
- 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
- 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle
- 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle
- 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle
- 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid
- 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid
- 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid
- 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid
- 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
- 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
- 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
- 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
- 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
- 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
- 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
- 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
- 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
- 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
- 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
- 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
- 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
- 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon
- 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons
- 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex)
- 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex)
- 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex)
- 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex)
- 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13)
- 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13)
- 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15)
- 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14)
- 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24)
- 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10)
- 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24)
- 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10)
- 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24)
- 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13)
- 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13)
- 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15)
- 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14)
- 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24)
- 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10)
- 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24)
- 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels
- 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels
- 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window
- 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window
- 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window
- 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window
- 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window
- 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window
- 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap
- 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap
- 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap
- 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap
- 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap
- 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane
- 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane
- 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane
- 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane
- 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane
- 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square
- 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square
- 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
- 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square
- 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square
- 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square
- 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square
- 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square
- 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square
- 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation
- 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer
- 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty
-100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context
- 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids)
- 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids)
- 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids)
- 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids)
- 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids)
- 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids)
- 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids)
- 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids)
- 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids)
- 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids)
- 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids)
- 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids)
- 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids)
- 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids)
- 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids)
- 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids)
- 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids)
- 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids)
- 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids)
- 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids)
- 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids)
- 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
- 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids)
- 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids)
-112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids)
-105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids)
- 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids)
- 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids)
-106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids)
-120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids)
-126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids)
-126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids)
-128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids)
- 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
- 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids)
- 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids)
- 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids)
- 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids)
- 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids)
- 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids)
- 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids)
- 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids)
- 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids)
- 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids)
- 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids)
- 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids)
- 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids)
- 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids)
- 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids)
- 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids)
- 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids)
- 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids)
- 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids)
- 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids)
- 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids)
- 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids)
- 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids)
- 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids)
- 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids)
- 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids)
- 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids)
- 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids)
- 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids)
- 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids)
- 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids)
- 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids)
- 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids)
- 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids)
- 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids)
- 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
- 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids)
- 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids)
- 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids)
- 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids)
- 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids)
- 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids)
- 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids)
- 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids)
- 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids)
- 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
- 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
- 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
- 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
- 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
- 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
- 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
-</screen>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Profiling with OProfile</title>
-
-<para>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a
-system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level
-counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information
-that is similar to that provided by <command>gprof</command>, but without the
-necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,
-OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized
-programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for
-each <command>x11perf</command> test individually.
-</para>
-
-<para>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD
-Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a
-test configuration different from the one described above). We have
-examined OProfile output and have compared it with <command>gprof</command> output.
-This investigation has not produced results that yield performance
-increases in <command>x11perf</command> numbers.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<!--
-<sect3>Retired Instructions
-
-<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS
-counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the
-same test configuration that was described above and that was used for
-other tests. The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and
-showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;
-30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),
-SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Some of
-these tests also executed significant instructions in
-WaitForSomething().
-
-<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant
-instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant
-instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow(). Some time
-was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine
-did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.
--->
-
-<!--
-<sect3>Clock Cycles
-
-<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions
-execute in variable amounts of time. The OProfile tests were repeated
-using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second
-back-end machine. Note that this is a different test configuration that
-the one described above. However, these tests show the amount of time
-(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine. Because
-<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because
-window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine
-was not significant.
-
-<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing
-tests spending more than 10% of their time in
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)
-spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().
-For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains
-why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.
-
-<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were
-dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),
-SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and
-StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Hash() time was generally above 5% but
-less than 10% of total time.
--->
-
-<sect3>
-<title>X Test Suite</title>
-
-<para>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the
-configuration described above. The following failures were noted:
-<screen>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1]
-XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1]
-XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1]
-XFreeColors: Test 4 [3]
-XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2]
-XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2]
-XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1]
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1]
-
-[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama
- implementation (see Phase I discussion).
-[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected
- behavior of the Xinerama implementation.
-[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama
- implementation bug.
-</screen>
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-</sect2>
-
-<!-- ============================================================ -->
-<sect2>
-<title>Phase III</title>
-
-<para>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the
-following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.
-</para>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>SHAPE</title>
-
-<para>The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and
-oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will
-work as expected.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>RENDER</title>
-
-<para>The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX
-CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.
-Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;
-however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not
-properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These apps
-will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2
-functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is updated
-to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions
-will be added to the DMX X server.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>XKEYBOARD</title>
-
-<para>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X
-servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information
-about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the
-keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs
-from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,
-the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD
-support, the map is not preserved because better information and control
-of the keyboard is available.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>XInput</title>
-
-<para>The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core
-device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of
-core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present
-because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end
-cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is
-incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.
-</para>
-
-<para>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx
-extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.
-</para>
-
-<para>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for
-low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been
-written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and
-non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page
-for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using
-these Xdmx drivers.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>DPMS</title>
-
-<para>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Other Extensions</title>
-
-<para>The LBX,
- SECURITY,
- XC-APPGROUP, and
- XFree86-Bigfont
-extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.
-</para>
-
-<para>The
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DOUBLE-BUFFER,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- FontCache,
- GLX,
- MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
- MIT-SHM,
- MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
- RECORD,
- SECURITY,
- SGI-GLX,
- SYNC,
- TOG-CUP,
- X-Resource,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-DGA,
- XFree86-DRI,
- XFree86-Misc,
- XFree86-VidModeExtension, and
- XVideo
-extensions are <emphasis remap="it">not</emphasis> supported at this time, but will be evaluated
-for inclusion in future DMX releases. <emphasis remap="bf">See below for additional work
-on extensions after Phase III.</emphasis>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2>
-<title>Phase IV</title>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0</title>
-
-<para>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)
-was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is
-proceeding using this tree.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Extensions </title>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>XC-MISC (supported)</title>
-
-<para>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the
-X server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx
-supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact
-same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)</title>
-
-<para>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X
-client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this
-extension. It was tested using the <filename>hw/dmx/examples/evi</filename> example
-program. <emphasis remap="bf">Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware</emphasis> -- it will
-return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is
-causing the X server to export a single logical screen.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>RES (supported)</title>
-
-<para>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain
-detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This
-extension was tested with the <filename>hw/dmx/examples/res</filename> program. The
-X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after
-this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)</title>
-
-<para>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer
-than 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>XSYNC (supported)</title>
-
-<para>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to
-synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with
-<command>xdpyinfo</command> and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
-tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)</title>
-
-<para>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for
-use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6
-tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that
-make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly
-the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the
-<literal remap="tt">rcrdtest</literal> test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD
-extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does
-a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
-</para>
-
-<para>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and
-XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by
-the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually
-became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows
-events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also
-allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The
-second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital
-Equipment Corporation.
-</para>
-
-<para>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested
-with the <command>xtrap*</command> tools which are distributed as standard X11R6
-clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-
-<para>The XTestExtension1 is <emphasis>not</emphasis> supported because it does not appear
-to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support
-XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that
-it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for
-XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so
-additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
-</para>
-
-<para>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.
-Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to
-locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are
-provide:
-<variablelist>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>XRECORD</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X
-Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>DEC-XTRAP</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap
-Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-<varlistentry>
-<term>XTestExtension1</term>
-<listitem>
-<para>Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension
-Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry>
-</variablelist>
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>MIT-MISC (not supported)</title>
-
-<para>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag
-that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.
-There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of
-this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.
-The Xdmx server does <emphasis>not</emphasis> support MIT-MISC.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>SCREENSAVER (not supported)</title>
-
-<para>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It
-was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that
-works with it. When Xinerama was not active, <command>beforelight</command> behaved
-as expected. However, when Xinerama was active, <command>beforelight</command> did
-not behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active,
-<command>xscreensaver</command> (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave
-as expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not
-commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this
-extension disabled at this time.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>GLX (supported)</title>
-
-<para>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In
-Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It
-works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the
-back-end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are
-handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX
-project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>RENDER (supported)</title>
-
-<para>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image
-composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is
-partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing
-operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle
-strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER
-extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.
-Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or
-requests are added to the extension.
-</para>
-
-<para>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;
-however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the
-extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional
-testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and failed
-the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Summary</title>
-
-<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension
-support" section -->
-<para>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:
- BIG-REQUESTS,
- DEC-XTRAP,
- DMX,
- DPMS,
- Extended-Visual-Information,
- GLX,
- LBX,
- RECORD,
- RENDER,
- SECURITY,
- SHAPE,
- SYNC,
- X-Resource,
- XC-APPGROUP,
- XC-MISC,
- XFree86-Bigfont,
- XINERAMA,
- XInputExtension,
- XKEYBOARD, and
- XTEST.
-</para>
-
-<para>The following extensions are <emphasis>not</emphasis> supported at this time:
- DOUBLE-BUFFER,
- FontCache,
- MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
- MIT-SHM,
- MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
- TOG-CUP,
- XFree86-DGA,
- XFree86-Misc,
- XFree86-VidModeExtension,
- XTestExtensionExt1, and
- XVideo.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite</title>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>XFree86 without XTEST</title>
-
-<para>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server
-with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension
-was <emphasis>not</emphasis> used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our
-usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in
-the following tests:
-<literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>XFree86 with XTEST</title>
-
-<para>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the
-following errors:
-<literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XGetDefault: Test 5
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-
-<para>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed
-eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested
-in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional
-failures that are not known Xinerama failures.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX</title>
-
-<para>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):
-<literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX</title>
-
-<para>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx:
-<literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawLines: Test 91
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</literallayout>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error
-resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a
-screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run
-individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will
-investigate these errors further to determine their cause.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX</title>
-
-<para>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
-were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase
-IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):
-<literallayout>
-XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
-XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
-XRebindKeysym: Test 1
-
-XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
-XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
-XGrabKey: Test 8
-XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
-XUngrabButton: Test 4
-
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102
-XDrawLine: Test 67
-XDrawSegments: Test 68
-</literallayout>
-Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
-4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when
-Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new
-visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests
-over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and
-presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This conclusion is
-supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported
-are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a
-screen boundary.
-</para>
-
-<para>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,
-many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:
-<literallayout>
-XClearArea: Test 8
-XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
-XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
-</literallayout>
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Conclusion</title>
-
-<para>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are
-the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama
-implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably
-fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have
-submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)
-</para>
-</sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Dynamic Reconfiguration</title>
-
-<para>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was
-added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the position
-and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if the
-application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could
-query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically
-reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;. When a screen
-is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window
-dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent to
-the user.
-</para>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Dynamic reconfiguration extension</title>
-
-<para>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through
-a function in the DMX extension library:
-<programlisting>
-Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)
-</programlisting>
-where <parameter>dpy</parameter> is DMX server's display, <parameter>screen</parameter> is the number of the
-screen to be reconfigured, and <parameter>x</parameter> and <parameter>y</parameter> are the new upper,
-left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.
-</para>
-
-<para>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X
-protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In
-addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.
-Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the
-right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Bounding box</title>
-
-<para>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from
-the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the
-configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the
-lifetime of the Xdmx server.
-</para>
-
-<para>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it
-is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.
-For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;
-for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was
-previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;. As expected, the screen is moved
-down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the
-left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the
-reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those
-inaccessible regions are filled with black.
-</para>
-
-<para>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future
-development phase.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Sample applications</title>
-
-<para>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video
-wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,
-and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a
-projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is
-now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens
-using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.
-</para>
-
-<para>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,
-can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector
-alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged
-rectilinearly. Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be
-applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;
-however, this must be done external to Xdmx.
-</para>
-
-<para>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples
-directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use
-dynamic reconfiguration. See <filename>dmxreconfig.c</filename> for details.
-</para>
-</sect4>
-
-<sect4>
-<title>Additional notes</title>
-
-<para>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to
-adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX
-project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was later
-donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which
-freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as
-described above).
-</para>
-</sect4>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Doxygen documentation</title>
-
-<para>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating
-browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. We
-have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files
-under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source
-code is available in an easily browseable format.
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>Valgrind</title>
-
-<para>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to
-search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were detected
-and repaired. The following errors were not addressed:
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only
- those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --
- unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore
- noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not
- repaired.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that
- is never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation
- approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.
- Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug
- has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,
- which allocates a font structure that is not freed.
- dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first
- screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are
- already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.
- The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal
- to 80 bytes per font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in
- the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be
- able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.
- </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect3>
-
-<sect3>
-<title>RATS</title>
-
-<para>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)
-security analysis tool that scans source code for common
-security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU
-races). RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory
-and all "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either
-re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was
-inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.
-Unrepaired warnings are as follows:
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been
- added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., XmuSnprint).
- The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in
- config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and
- input/usb-common.c.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In
- general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a
- constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is
- relatively benign.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these
- functions is safe and will remain safe as long as
- ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring
- this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in
- automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator
- enforces this constraint).
- </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-</para>
-
-</sect3>
-
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
-</appendix>
-
- </article>
-
- <!-- Local Variables: -->
- <!-- fill-column: 72 -->
- <!-- End: -->
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.3//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.3/docbookx.dtd" [
+]>
+
+<article>
+
+ <articleinfo>
+ <!-- Title information -->
+ <title>Distributed Multihead X design</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author><firstname>Kevin E.</firstname><surname>Martin</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>David H.</firstname><surname>Dawes</surname></author>
+ <author><firstname>Rickard E.</firstname><surname>Faith</surname></author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <pubdate>29 June 2004 (created 25 July 2001)</pubdate>
+ <abstract><para>
+ This document covers the motivation, background, design, and
+ implementation of the distributed multihead X (DMX) system. It
+ is a living document and describes the current design and
+ implementation details of the DMX system. As the project
+ progresses, this document will be continually updated to reflect
+ the changes in the code and/or design. <emphasis remap="it">Copyright 2001 by VA
+ Linux Systems, Inc., Fremont, California. Copyright 2001-2004
+ by Red Hat, Inc., Raleigh, North Carolina</emphasis>
+ </para></abstract>
+ </articleinfo>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+<sect1>
+<title>Introduction</title>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>The Distributed Multihead X Server</title>
+
+<para>Current Open Source multihead solutions are limited to a single
+physical machine. A single X server controls multiple display devices,
+which can be arranged as independent heads or unified into a single
+desktop (with Xinerama). These solutions are limited to the number of
+physical devices that can co-exist in a single machine (e.g., due to the
+number of AGP/PCI slots available for graphics cards). Thus, large
+tiled displays are not currently possible. The work described in this
+paper will eliminate the requirement that the display devices reside in
+the same physical machine. This will be accomplished by developing a
+front-end proxy X server that will control multiple back-end X servers
+that make up the large display.
+</para>
+
+<para>The overall structure of the distributed multihead X (DMX) project is
+as follows: A single front-end X server will act as a proxy to a set of
+back-end X servers, which handle all of the visible rendering. X
+clients will connect to the front-end server just as they normally would
+to a regular X server. The front-end server will present an abstracted
+view to the client of a single large display. This will ensure that all
+standard X clients will continue to operate without modification
+(limited, as always, by the visuals and extensions provided by the X
+server). Clients that are DMX-aware will be able to use an extension to
+obtain information about the back-end servers (e.g., for placement of
+pop-up windows, window alignments by the window manager, etc.).
+</para>
+
+<para>The architecture of the DMX server is divided into two main sections:
+input (e.g., mouse and keyboard events) and output (e.g., rendering and
+windowing requests). Each of these are describe briefly below, and the
+rest of this design document will describe them in greater detail.
+</para>
+
+<para>The DMX server can receive input from three general types of input
+devices: "local" devices that are physically attached to the machine on
+which DMX is running, "backend" devices that are physically attached to
+one or more of the back-end X servers (and that generate events via the
+X protocol stream from the backend), and "console" devices that can be
+abstracted from any non-back-end X server. Backend and console devices
+are treated differently because the pointer device on the back-end X
+server also controls the location of the hardware X cursor. Full
+support for XInput extension devices is provided.
+</para>
+
+<para>Rendering requests will be accepted by the front-end server; however,
+rendering to visible windows will be broken down as needed and sent to
+the appropriate back-end server(s) via X11 library calls for actual
+rendering. The basic framework will follow a Xnest-style approach. GC
+state will be managed in the front-end server and sent to the
+appropriate back-end server(s) as required. Pixmap rendering will (at
+least initially) be handled by the front-end X server. Windowing
+requests (e.g., ordering, mapping, moving, etc.) will handled in the
+front-end server. If the request requires a visible change, the
+windowing operation will be translated into requests for the appropriate
+back-end server(s). Window state will be mirrored in the back-end
+server(s) as needed.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Layout of Paper</title>
+
+<para>The next section describes the general development plan that was
+actually used for implementation. The final section discusses
+outstanding issues at the conclusion of development. The first appendix
+provides low-level technical detail that may be of interest to those
+intimately familiar with the X server architecture. The final appendix
+describes the four phases of development that were performed during the
+first two years of development.
+</para>
+
+<para>The final year of work was divided into 9 tasks that are not
+described in specific sections of this document. The major tasks during
+that time were the enhancement of the reconfiguration ability added in
+Phase IV, addition of support for a dynamic number of back-end displays
+(instead of a hard-coded limit), and the support for back-end display
+and input removal and addition. This work is mentioned in this paper,
+but is not covered in detail.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect1>
+<title>Development plan</title>
+
+<para>This section describes the development plan from approximately June
+2001 through July 2003.
+</para>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Bootstrap code</title>
+
+<para>To allow for rapid development of the DMX server by multiple
+developers during the first development stage, the problem will be
+broken down into three tasks: the overall DMX framework, back-end
+rendering services and input device handling services. However, before
+the work begins on these tasks, a simple framework that each developer
+could use was implemented to bootstrap the development effort. This
+framework renders to a single back-end server and provides dummy input
+devices (i.e., the keyboard and mouse). The simple back-end rendering
+service was implemented using the shadow framebuffer support currently
+available in the XFree86 environment.
+</para>
+
+<para>Using this bootstrapping framework, each developer has been able to
+work on each of the tasks listed above independently as follows: the
+framework will be extended to handle arbitrary back-end server
+configurations; the back-end rendering services will be transitioned to
+the more efficient Xnest-style implementation; and, an input device
+framework to handle various input devices via the input extension will
+be developed.
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: The boot strap code is complete. <!-- August 2001 -->
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Input device handling</title>
+
+<para>An X server (including the front-end X server) requires two core
+input devices -- a keyboard and a pointer (mouse). These core devices
+are handled and required by the core X11 protocol. Additional types of
+input devices may be attached and utilized via the XInput extension.
+These are usually referred to as ``XInput extension devices'',
+</para>
+
+<para>There are some options as to how the front-end X server gets its core
+input devices:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>Local Input. The physical input devices (e.g., keyboard and
+ mouse) can be attached directly to the front-end X server. In this
+ case, the keyboard and mouse on the machine running the front-end X
+ server will be used. The front-end will have drivers to read the
+ raw input from those devices and convert it into the required X
+ input events (e.g., key press/release, pointer button press/release,
+ pointer motion). The front-end keyboard driver will keep track of
+ keyboard properties such as key and modifier mappings, autorepeat
+ state, keyboard sound and led state. Similarly the front-end
+ pointer driver will keep track if pointer properties such as the
+ button mapping and movement acceleration parameters. With this
+ option, input is handled fully in the front-end X server, and the
+ back-end X servers are used in a display-only mode. This option was
+ implemented and works for a limited number of Linux-specific
+ devices. Adding additional local input devices for other
+ architectures is expected to be relatively simple.
+</para>
+
+ <para>The following options are available for implementing local input
+ devices:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>The XFree86 X server has modular input drivers that could
+ be adapted for this purpose. The mouse driver supports a wide
+ range of mouse types and interfaces, as well as a range of
+ Operating System platforms. The keyboard driver in XFree86 is
+ not currently as modular as the mouse driver, but could be made
+ so. The XFree86 X server also has a range of other input
+ drivers for extended input devices such as tablets and touch
+ screens. Unfortunately, the XFree86 drivers are generally
+ complex, often simultaneously providing support for multiple
+ devices across multiple architectures; and rely so heavily on
+ XFree86-specific helper-functions, that this option was not
+ pursued.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>The <command>kdrive</command> X server in XFree86 has built-in drivers that
+ support PS/2 mice and keyboard under Linux. The mouse driver
+ can indirectly handle other mouse types if the Linux utility
+ <command>gpm</command> is used as to translate the native mouse protocol into
+ PS/2 mouse format. These drivers could be adapted and built in
+ to the front-end X server if this range of hardware and OS
+ support is sufficient. While much simpler than the XFree86
+ drivers, the <command>kdrive</command> drivers were not used for the DMX
+ implementation.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Reimplementation of keyboard and mouse drivers from
+ scratch for the DMX framework. Because keyboard and mouse
+ drivers are relatively trivial to implement, this pathway was
+ selected. Other drivers in the X source tree were referenced,
+ and significant contributions from other drivers are noted in
+ the DMX source code.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Backend Input. The front-end can make use of the core input
+ devices attached to one or more of the back-end X servers. Core
+ input events from multiple back-ends are merged into a single input
+ event stream. This can work sanely when only a single set of input
+ devices is used at any given time. The keyboard and pointer state
+ will be handled in the front-end, with changes propagated to the
+ back-end servers as needed. This option was implemented and works
+ well. Because the core pointer on a back-end controls the hardware
+ mouse on that back-end, core pointers cannot be treated as XInput
+ extension devices. However, all back-end XInput extensions devices
+ can be mapped to either DMX core or DMX XInput extension devices.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Console Input. The front-end server could create a console
+ window that is displayed on an X server independent of the back-end
+ X servers. This console window could display things like the
+ physical screen layout, and the front-end could get its core input
+ events from events delivered to the console window. This option was
+ implemented and works well. To help the human navigate, window
+ outlines are also displayed in the console window. Further, console
+ windows can be used as either core or XInput extension devices.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Other options were initially explored, but they were all
+ partial subsets of the options listed above and, hence, are
+ irrelevant.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Although extended input devices are not specifically mentioned in the
+Distributed X requirements, the options above were all implemented so
+that XInput extension devices were supported.
+</para>
+
+<para>The bootstrap code (Xdmx) had dummy input devices, and these are
+still supported in the final version. These do the necessary
+initialization to satisfy the X server's requirements for core pointer
+and keyboard devices, but no input events are ever generated.
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: The input code is complete. Because of the complexity of the
+XFree86 input device drivers (and their heavy reliance on XFree86
+infrastructure), separate low-level device drivers were implemented for
+Xdmx. The following kinds of drivers are supported (in general, the
+devices can be treated arbitrarily as "core" input devices or as XInput
+"extension" devices; and multiple instances of different kinds of
+devices can be simultaneously available):
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para> A "dummy" device drive that never generates events.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para> "Local" input is from the low-level hardware on which the
+ Xdmx binary is running. This is the only area where using the
+ XFree86 driver infrastructure would have been helpful, and then
+ only partially, since good support for generic USB devices does
+ not yet exist in XFree86 (in any case, XFree86 and kdrive driver
+ code was used where possible). Currently, the following local
+ devices are supported under Linux (porting to other operating
+ systems should be fairly straightforward):
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Linux keyboard</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Linux serial mouse (MS)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Linux PS/2 mouse</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>USB keyboard</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>USB mouse</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>USB generic device (e.g., joystick, gamepad, etc.)</para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para> "Backend" input is taken from one or more of the back-end
+ displays. In this case, events are taken from the back-end X
+ server and are converted to Xdmx events. Care must be taken so
+ that the sprite moves properly on the display from which input
+ is being taken.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para> "Console" input is taken from an X window that Xdmx
+ creates on the operator's display (i.e., on the machine running
+ the Xdmx binary). When the operator's mouse is inside the
+ console window, then those events are converted to Xdmx events.
+ Several special features are available: the console can display
+ outlines of windows that are on the Xdmx display (to facilitate
+ navigation), the cursor can be confined to the console, and a
+ "fine" mode can be activated to allow very precise cursor
+ positioning.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<!-- May 2002; July 2003 -->
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Output device handling</title>
+
+<para>The output of the DMX system displays rendering and windowing
+requests across multiple screens. The screens are typically arranged in
+a grid such that together they represent a single large display.
+</para>
+
+<para>The output section of the DMX code consists of two parts. The first
+is in the front-end proxy X server (Xdmx), which accepts client
+connections, manages the windows, and potentially renders primitives but
+does not actually display any of the drawing primitives. The second
+part is the back-end X server(s), which accept commands from the
+front-end server and display the results on their screens.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Initialization</title>
+
+<para>The DMX front-end must first initialize its screens by connecting to
+each of the back-end X servers and collecting information about each of
+these screens. However, the information collected from the back-end X
+servers might be inconsistent. Handling these cases can be difficult
+and/or inefficient. For example, a two screen system has one back-end X
+server running at 16bpp while the second is running at 32bpp.
+Converting rendering requests (e.g., XPutImage() or XGetImage()
+requests) to the appropriate bit depth can be very time consuming.
+Analyzing these cases to determine how or even if it is possible to
+handle them is required. The current Xinerama code handles many of
+these cases (e.g., in PanoramiXConsolidate()) and will be used as a
+starting point. In general, the best solution is to use homogeneous X
+servers and display devices. Using back-end servers with the same depth
+is a requirement of the final DMX implementation.
+</para>
+
+<para>Once this screen consolidation is finished, the relative position of
+each back-end X server's screen in the unified screen is initialized. A
+full-screen window is opened on each of the back-end X servers, and the
+cursor on each screen is turned off. The final DMX implementation can
+also make use of a partial-screen window, or multiple windows per
+back-end screen.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Handling rendering requests</title>
+
+<para>After initialization, X applications connect to the front-end server.
+There are two possible implementations of how rendering and windowing
+requests are handled in the DMX system:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>A shadow framebuffer is used in the front-end server as the
+ render target. In this option, all protocol requests are completely
+ handled in the front-end server. All state and resources are
+ maintained in the front-end including a shadow copy of the entire
+ framebuffer. The framebuffers attached to the back-end servers are
+ updated by XPutImage() calls with data taken directly from the
+ shadow framebuffer.
+</para>
+
+ <para>This solution suffers from two main problems. First, it does not
+ take advantage of any accelerated hardware available in the system.
+ Second, the size of the XPutImage() calls can be quite large and
+ thus will be limited by the bandwidth available.
+</para>
+
+ <para>The initial DMX implementation used a shadow framebuffer by
+ default.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Rendering requests are sent to each back-end server for
+ handling (as is done in the Xnest server described above). In this
+ option, certain protocol requests are handled in the front-end
+ server and certain requests are repackaged and then sent to the
+ back-end servers. The framebuffer is distributed across the
+ multiple back-end servers. Rendering to the framebuffer is handled
+ on each back-end and can take advantage of any acceleration
+ available on the back-end servers' graphics display device. State
+ is maintained both in the front and back-end servers.
+</para>
+
+ <para>This solution suffers from two main drawbacks. First, protocol
+ requests are sent to all back-end servers -- even those that will
+ completely clip the rendering primitive -- which wastes bandwidth
+ and processing time. Second, state is maintained both in the front-
+ and back-end servers. These drawbacks are not as severe as in
+ option 1 (above) and can either be overcome through optimizations or
+ are acceptable. Therefore, this option will be used in the final
+ implementation.
+</para>
+
+ <para>The final DMX implementation defaults to this mechanism, but also
+ supports the shadow framebuffer mechanism. Several optimizations
+ were implemented to eliminate the drawbacks of the default
+ mechanism. These optimizations are described the section below and
+ in Phase II of the Development Results (see appendix).
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: Both the shadow framebuffer and Xnest-style code is complete.
+<!-- May 2002 -->
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Optimizing DMX</title>
+
+<para>Initially, the Xnest-style solution's performance will be measured
+and analyzed to determine where the performance bottlenecks exist.
+There are four main areas that will be addressed.
+</para>
+
+<para>First, to obtain reasonable interactivity with the first development
+phase, XSync() was called after each protocol request. The XSync()
+function flushes any pending protocol requests. It then waits for the
+back-end to process the request and send a reply that the request has
+completed. This happens with each back-end server and performance
+greatly suffers. As a result of the way XSync() is called in the first
+development phase, the batching that the X11 library performs is
+effectively defeated. The XSync() call usage will be analyzed and
+optimized by batching calls and performing them at regular intervals,
+except where interactivity will suffer (e.g., on cursor movements).
+</para>
+
+<para>Second, the initial Xnest-style solution described above sends the
+repackaged protocol requests to all back-end servers regardless of
+whether or not they would be completely clipped out. The requests that
+are trivially rejected on the back-end server wastes the limited
+bandwidth available. By tracking clipping changes in the DMX X server's
+windowing code (e.g., by opening, closing, moving or resizing windows),
+we can determine whether or not back-end windows are visible so that
+trivial tests in the front-end server's GC ops drawing functions can
+eliminate these unnecessary protocol requests.
+</para>
+
+<para>Third, each protocol request will be analyzed to determine if it is
+possible to break the request into smaller pieces at display boundaries.
+The initial ones to be analyzed are put and get image requests since
+they will require the greatest bandwidth to transmit data between the
+front and back-end servers. Other protocol requests will be analyzed
+and those that will benefit from breaking them into smaller requests
+will be implemented.
+</para>
+
+<para>Fourth, an extension is being considered that will allow font glyphs to
+be transferred from the front-end DMX X server to each back-end server.
+This extension will permit the front-end to handle all font requests and
+eliminate the requirement that all back-end X servers share the exact
+same fonts as the front-end server. We are investigating the
+feasibility of this extension during this development phase.
+</para>
+
+<para>Other potential optimizations will be determined from the performance
+analysis.
+</para>
+
+<para>Please note that in our initial design, we proposed optimizing BLT
+operations (e.g., XCopyArea() and window moves) by developing an
+extension that would allow individual back-end servers to directly copy
+pixel data to other back-end servers. This potential optimization was
+in response to the simple image movement implementation that required
+potentially many calls to GetImage() and PutImage(). However, the
+current Xinerama implementation handles these BLT operations
+differently. Instead of copying data to and from screens, they generate
+expose events -- just as happens in the case when a window is moved from
+off a screen to on screen. This approach saves the limited bandwidth
+available between front and back-end servers and is being standardized
+with Xinerama. It also eliminates the potential setup problems and
+security issues resulting from having each back-end server open
+connections to all other back-end servers. Therefore, we suggest
+accepting Xinerama's expose event solution.
+</para>
+
+<para>Also note that the approach proposed in the second and third
+optimizations might cause backing store algorithms in the back-end to be
+defeated, so a DMX X server configuration flag will be added to disable
+these optimizations.
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: The optimizations proposed above are complete. It was
+determined that the using the xfs font server was sufficient and
+creating a new mechanism to pass glyphs was redundant; therefore, the
+fourth optimization proposed above was not included in DMX.
+<!-- September 2002 -->
+</para>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>DMX X extension support</title>
+
+<para>The DMX X server keeps track of all the windowing information on the
+back-end X servers, but does not currently export this information to
+any client applications. An extension will be developed to pass the
+screen information and back-end window IDs to DMX-aware clients. These
+clients can then use this information to directly connect to and render
+to the back-end windows. Bypassing the DMX X server allows DMX-aware
+clients to break up complex rendering requests on their own and send
+them directly to the windows on the back-end server's screens. An
+example of a client that can make effective use of this extension is
+Chromium.
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: The extension, as implemented, is fully documented in
+"Client-to-Server DMX Extension to the X Protocol". Future changes
+might be required based on feedback and other proposed enhancements to
+DMX. Currently, the following facilities are supported:
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem><para>
+ Screen information (clipping rectangle for each screen relative
+ to the virtual screen)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+ Window information (window IDs and clipping information for each
+ back-end window that corresponds to each DMX window)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+ Input device information (mappings from DMX device IDs to
+ back-end device IDs)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+ Force window creation (so that a client can override the
+ server-side lazy window creation optimization)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+ Reconfiguration (so that a client can request that a screen
+ position be changed)
+</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>
+ Addition and removal of back-end servers and back-end and
+ console inputs.
+</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+<!-- September 2002; July 2003 -->
+
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Common X extension support</title>
+
+<para>The XInput, XKeyboard and Shape extensions are commonly used
+extensions to the base X11 protocol. XInput allows multiple and
+non-standard input devices to be accessed simultaneously. These input
+devices can be connected to either the front-end or back-end servers.
+XKeyboard allows much better keyboard mappings control. Shape adds
+support for arbitrarily shaped windows and is used by various window
+managers. Nearly all potential back-end X servers make these extensions
+available, and support for each one will be added to the DMX system.
+</para>
+
+<para>In addition to the extensions listed above, support for the X
+Rendering extension (Render) is being developed. Render adds digital
+image composition to the rendering model used by the X Window System.
+While this extension is still under development by Keith Packard of HP,
+support for the current version will be added to the DMX system.
+</para>
+
+<para>Support for the XTest extension was added during the first
+development phase.
+</para>
+
+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the Phase IV discussion -->
+<para>Status: The following extensions are supported and are discussed in
+more detail in Phase IV of the Development Results (see appendix):
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DMX,
+ DPMS,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ GLX,
+ LBX,
+ RECORD,
+ RENDER,
+ SECURITY,
+ SHAPE,
+ SYNC,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-APPGROUP,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-Bigfont,
+ XINERAMA,
+ XInputExtension,
+ XKEYBOARD, and
+ XTEST.
+<!-- November 2002; updated February 2003, July 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>OpenGL support</title>
+
+<para>OpenGL support using the Mesa code base exists in XFree86 release 4
+and later. Currently, the direct rendering infrastructure (DRI)
+provides accelerated OpenGL support for local clients and unaccelerated
+OpenGL support (i.e., software rendering) is provided for non-local
+clients.
+</para>
+
+<para>The single head OpenGL support in XFree86 4.x will be extended to use
+the DMX system. When the front and back-end servers are on the same
+physical hardware, it is possible to use the DRI to directly render to
+the back-end servers. First, the existing DRI will be extended to
+support multiple display heads, and then to support the DMX system.
+OpenGL rendering requests will be direct rendering to each back-end X
+server. The DRI will request the screen layout (either from the
+existing Xinerama extension or a DMX-specific extension). Support for
+synchronized swap buffers will also be added (on hardware that supports
+it). Note that a single front-end server with a single back-end server
+on the same physical machine can emulate accelerated indirect rendering.
+</para>
+
+<para>When the front and back-end servers are on different physical
+hardware or are using non-XFree86 4.x X servers, a mechanism to render
+primitives across the back-end servers will be provided. There are
+several options as to how this can be implemented.
+</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>The existing OpenGL support in each back-end server can be
+ used by repackaging rendering primitives and sending them to each
+ back-end server. This option is similar to the unoptimized
+ Xnest-style approach mentioned above. Optimization of this solution
+ is beyond the scope of this project and is better suited to other
+ distributed rendering systems.
+</para></listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para>Rendering to a pixmap in the front-end server using the
+ current XFree86 4.x code, and then displaying to the back-ends via
+ calls to XPutImage() is another option. This option is similar to
+ the shadow frame buffer approach mentioned above. It is slower and
+ bandwidth intensive, but has the advantage that the back-end servers
+ are not required to have OpenGL support.
+</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>These, and other, options will be investigated in this phase of the
+work.
+</para>
+
+<para>Work by others have made Chromium DMX-aware. Chromium will use the
+DMX X protocol extension to obtain information about the back-end
+servers and will render directly to those servers, bypassing DMX.
+</para>
+
+<para>Status: OpenGL support by the glxProxy extension was implemented by
+SGI and has been integrated into the DMX code base.
+</para>
+<!-- May 2003-->
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect1>
+<title>Current issues</title>
+
+<para>In this sections the current issues are outlined that require further
+investigation.
+</para>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Fonts</title>
+
+<para>The font path and glyphs need to be the same for the front-end and
+each of the back-end servers. Font glyphs could be sent to the back-end
+servers as necessary but this would consume a significant amount of
+available bandwidth during font rendering for clients that use many
+different fonts (e.g., Netscape). Initially, the font server (xfs) will
+be used to provide the fonts to both the front-end and back-end servers.
+Other possibilities will be investigated during development.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Zero width rendering primitives</title>
+
+<para>To allow pixmap and on-screen rendering to be pixel perfect, all
+back-end servers must render zero width primitives exactly the same as
+the front-end renders the primitives to pixmaps. For those back-end
+servers that do not exactly match, zero width primitives will be
+automatically converted to one width primitives. This can be handled in
+the front-end server via the GC state.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Output scaling</title>
+
+<para>With very large tiled displays, it might be difficult to read the
+information on the standard X desktop. In particular, the cursor can be
+easily lost and fonts could be difficult to read. Automatic primitive
+scaling might prove to be very useful. We will investigate the
+possibility of scaling the cursor and providing a set of alternate
+pre-scaled fonts to replace the standard fonts that many applications
+use (e.g., fixed). Other options for automatic scaling will also be
+investigated.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Per-screen colormaps</title>
+
+<para>Each screen's default colormap in the set of back-end X servers
+should be able to be adjusted via a configuration utility. This support
+is would allow the back-end screens to be calibrated via custom gamma
+tables. On 24-bit systems that support a DirectColor visual, this type
+of correction can be accommodated. One possible implementation would be
+to advertise to X client of the DMX server a TrueColor visual while
+using DirectColor visuals on the back-end servers to implement this type
+of color correction. Other options will be investigated.
+</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<appendix>
+<title>Appendix</title>
+
+<sect1>
+<title>Background</title>
+
+<para>This section describes the existing Open Source architectures that
+can be used to handle multiple screens and upon which this development
+project is based. This section was written before the implementation
+was finished, and may not reflect actual details of the implementation.
+It is left for historical interest only.
+</para>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Core input device handling</title>
+
+<para>The following is a description of how core input devices are handled
+by an X server.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>InitInput()</title>
+
+<para>InitInput() is a DDX function that is called at the start of each
+server generation from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
+to determine what input devices are connected to the X server, register
+them with the DIX and MI layers, and initialize the input event queue.
+InitInput() does not have a return value, but the X server will abort if
+either a core keyboard device or a core pointer device are not
+registered. Extended input (XInput) devices can also be registered in
+InitInput().
+</para>
+
+<para>InitInput() usually has implementation specific code to determine
+which input devices are available. For each input device it will be
+using, it calls AddInputDevice():
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>AddInputDevice()</term>
+<listitem><para>This DIX function allocates the device structure,
+registers a callback function (which handles device init, close, on and
+off), and returns the input handle, which can be treated as opaque. It
+is called once for each input device.
+</para></listitem>
+</varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Once input handles for core keyboard and core pointer devices have
+been obtained from AddInputDevice(). If both core devices are not
+registered, then the X server will exit with a fatal error when it
+attempts to start the input devices in InitAndStartDevices(), which is
+called directly after InitInput() (see below).
+</para>
+
+<para>The core pointer device is then registered with the miPointer code
+(which does the high level cursor handling). While this registration
+is not necessary for correct miPointer operation in the current XFree86
+code, it is still done mostly for compatibility reasons.
+</para>
+
+<para><variablelist>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miRegisterPointerDevice()</term>
+<listitem><para>This MI function registers the core
+pointer's input handle with with the miPointer code.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>The final part of InitInput() is the initialization of the input
+event queue handling. In most cases, the event queue handling provided
+in the MI layer is used. The primary XFree86 X server uses its own
+event queue handling to support some special cases related to the XInput
+extension and the XFree86-specific DGA extension. For our purposes, the
+MI event queue handling should be suitable. It is initialized by
+calling mieqInit():
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>mieqInit()</term>
+<listitem><para>This MI function initializes the MI event queue for the
+core devices, and is passed the public component of the input handles
+for the two core devices.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>If a wakeup handler is required to deliver synchronous input
+events, it can be registered here by calling the DIX function
+RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(). (See the devReadInput() description
+below.)
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>InitAndStartDevices()</title>
+
+<para>InitAndStartDevices() is a DIX function that is called immediately
+after InitInput() from the X server's main() function. Its purpose is
+to initialize each input device that was registered with
+AddInputDevice(), enable each input device that was successfully
+initialized, and create the list of enabled input devices. Once each
+registered device is processed in this way, the list of enabled input
+devices is checked to make sure that both a core keyboard device and
+core pointer device were registered and successfully enabled. If not,
+InitAndStartDevices() returns failure, and results in the the X server
+exiting with a fatal error.
+</para>
+
+<para>Each registered device is initialized by calling its callback
+(dev-&gt;deviceProc) with the DEVICE_INIT argument:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_INIT)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function initializes the
+device structs with core information relevant to the device.
+</para>
+
+<para>For pointer devices, this means specifying the number of buttons,
+default button mapping, the function used to get motion events (usually
+miPointerGetMotionEvents()), the function used to change/control the
+core pointer motion parameters (acceleration and threshold), and the
+motion buffer size.
+</para>
+
+<para>For keyboard devices, this means specifying the keycode range,
+default keycode to keysym mapping, default modifier mapping, and the
+functions used to sound the keyboard bell and modify/control the
+keyboard parameters (LEDs, bell pitch and duration, key click, which
+keys are auto-repeating, etc).
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Each initialized device is enabled by calling EnableDevice():
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>EnableDevice()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>EnableDevice() calls the device callback with
+DEVICE_ON:
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_ON)</term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This typically opens and
+ initializes the relevant physical device, and when appropriate,
+ registers the device's file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid
+ input source.
+ </para></listitem></varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </para>
+
+ <para>EnableDevice() then adds the device handle to the X server's
+ global list of enabled devices.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>InitAndStartDevices() then verifies that a valid core keyboard and
+pointer has been initialized and enabled. It returns failure if either
+are missing.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>devReadInput()</title>
+
+<para>Each device will have some function that gets called to read its
+physical input. These may be called in a number of different ways. In
+the case of synchronous I/O, they will be called from a DDX
+wakeup-handler that gets called after the server detects that new input is
+available. In the case of asynchronous I/O, they will be called from a
+(SIGIO) signal handler triggered when new input is available. This
+function should do at least two things: make sure that input events get
+enqueued, and make sure that the cursor gets moved for motion events
+(except if these are handled later by the driver's own event queue
+processing function, which cannot be done when using the MI event queue
+handling).
+</para>
+
+<para>Events are queued by calling mieqEnqueue():
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>mieqEnqueue()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This MI function is used to add input events to the
+event queue. It is simply passed the event to be queued.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>The cursor position should be updated when motion events are
+enqueued, by calling either miPointerAbsoluteCursor() or
+miPointerDeltaCursor():
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miPointerAbsoluteCursor()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This MI function is used to move the
+cursor to the absolute coordinates provided.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miPointerDeltaCursor()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This MI function is used to move the cursor
+relative to its current position.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>ProcessInputEvents()</title>
+
+<para>ProcessInputEvents() is a DDX function that is called from the X
+server's main dispatch loop when new events are available in the input
+event queue. It typically processes the enqueued events, and updates
+the cursor/pointer position. It may also do other DDX-specific event
+processing.
+</para>
+
+<para>Enqueued events are processed by mieqProcessInputEvents() and passed
+to the DIX layer for transmission to clients:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>mieqProcessInputEvents()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function processes each event in the
+event queue, and passes it to the device's input processing function.
+The DIX layer provides default functions to do this processing, and they
+handle the task of getting the events passed back to the relevant
+clients.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miPointerUpdate()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function resynchronized the cursor position
+with the new pointer position. It also takes care of moving the cursor
+between screens when needed in multi-head configurations.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>DisableDevice()</title>
+
+<para>DisableDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
+list of enabled devices. The result of this is that the device no
+longer generates input events. The device's data structures are kept in
+place, and disabling a device like this can be reversed by calling
+EnableDevice(). DisableDevice() may be called from the DDX when it is
+desirable to do so (e.g., the XFree86 server does this when VT
+switching). Except for special cases, this is not normally called for
+core input devices.
+</para>
+
+<para>DisableDevice() calls the device's callback function with
+<constant>DEVICE_OFF</constant>:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_OFF)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This typically closes the
+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>DisableDevice() then removes the device handle from the X server's
+global list of enabled devices.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>CloseDevice()</title>
+
+<para>CloseDevice is a DIX function that removes an input device from the
+list of available devices. It disables input from the device and frees
+all data structures associated with the device. This function is
+usually called from CloseDownDevices(), which is called from main() at
+the end of each server generation to close all input devices.
+</para>
+
+<para>CloseDevice() calls the device's callback function with
+<constant>DEVICE_CLOSE</constant>:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>(*dev-&gt;deviceProc)(dev, DEVICE_CLOSE)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This typically closes the
+relevant physical device, and when appropriate, unregisters the device's
+file descriptor (or equivalent) as a valid input source. If any device
+specific data structures were allocated when the device was initialized,
+they are freed here.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>CloseDevice() then frees the data structures that were allocated
+for the device when it was registered/initialized.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>LegalModifier()</title>
+<!-- dmx/dmxinput.c - currently returns TRUE -->
+<para>LegalModifier() is a required DDX function that can be used to
+restrict which keys may be modifier keys. This seems to be present for
+historical reasons, so this function should simply return TRUE
+unconditionally.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Output handling</title>
+
+<para>The following sections describe the main functions required to
+initialize, use and close the output device(s) for each screen in the X
+server.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>InitOutput()</title>
+
+<para>This DDX function is called near the start of each server generation
+from the X server's main() function. InitOutput()'s main purpose is to
+initialize each screen and fill in the global screenInfo structure for
+each screen. It is passed three arguments: a pointer to the screenInfo
+struct, which it is to initialize, and argc and argv from main(), which
+can be used to determine additional configuration information.
+</para>
+
+<para>The primary tasks for this function are outlined below:
+
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para><emphasis remap="bf">Parse configuration info:</emphasis> The first task of InitOutput()
+ is to parses any configuration information from the configuration
+ file. In addition to the XF86Config file, other configuration
+ information can be taken from the command line. The command line
+ options can be gathered either in InitOutput() or earlier in the
+ ddxProcessArgument() function, which is called by
+ ProcessCommandLine(). The configuration information determines the
+ characteristics of the screen(s). For example, in the XFree86 X
+ server, the XF86Config file specifies the monitor information, the
+ screen resolution, the graphics devices and slots in which they are
+ located, and, for Xinerama, the screens' layout.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para><emphasis remap="bf">Initialize screen info:</emphasis> The next task is to initialize
+ the screen-dependent internal data structures. For example, part of
+ what the XFree86 X server does is to allocate its screen and pixmap
+ private indices, probe for graphics devices, compare the probed
+ devices to the ones listed in the XF86Config file, and add the ones that
+ match to the internal xf86Screens&lsqb;&rsqb; structure.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para><emphasis remap="bf">Set pixmap formats:</emphasis> The next task is to initialize the
+ screenInfo's image byte order, bitmap bit order and bitmap scanline
+ unit/pad. The screenInfo's pixmap format's depth, bits per pixel
+ and scanline padding is also initialized at this stage.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem>
+ <para><emphasis remap="bf">Unify screen info:</emphasis> An optional task that might be done at
+ this stage is to compare all of the information from the various
+ screens and determines if they are compatible (i.e., if the set of
+ screens can be unified into a single desktop). This task has
+ potential to be useful to the DMX front-end server, if Xinerama's
+ PanoramiXConsolidate() function is not sufficient.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Once these tasks are complete, the valid screens are known and each
+of these screens can be initialized by calling AddScreen().
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>AddScreen()</title>
+
+<para>This DIX function is called from InitOutput(), in the DDX layer, to
+add each new screen to the screenInfo structure. The DDX screen
+initialization function and command line arguments (i.e., argc and argv)
+are passed to it as arguments.
+</para>
+
+<para>This function first allocates a new Screen structure and any privates
+that are required. It then initializes some of the fields in the Screen
+struct and sets up the pixmap padding information. Finally, it calls
+the DDX screen initialization function ScreenInit(), which is described
+below. It returns the number of the screen that were just added, or -1
+if there is insufficient memory to add the screen or if the DDX screen
+initialization fails.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>ScreenInit()</title>
+
+<para>This DDX function initializes the rest of the Screen structure with
+either generic or screen-specific functions (as necessary). It also
+fills in various screen attributes (e.g., width and height in
+millimeters, black and white pixel values).
+</para>
+
+<para>The screen init function usually calls several functions to perform
+certain screen initialization functions. They are described below:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>{mi,*fb}ScreenInit()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The DDX layer's ScreenInit() function usually
+calls another layer's ScreenInit() function (e.g., miScreenInit() or
+fbScreenInit()) to initialize the fallbacks that the DDX driver does not
+specifically handle.
+</para>
+
+<para>After calling another layer's ScreenInit() function, any
+screen-specific functions either wrap or replace the other layer's
+function pointers. If a function is to be wrapped, each of the old
+function pointers from the other layer are stored in a screen private
+area. Common functions to wrap are CloseScreen() and SaveScreen().
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miInitializeBackingStore()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This MI function initializes the
+screen's backing storage functions, which are used to save areas of
+windows that are currently covered by other windows.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>miDCInitialize()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This MI function initializes the MI cursor
+display structures and function pointers. If a hardware cursor is used,
+the DDX layer's ScreenInit() function will wrap additional screen and
+the MI cursor display function pointers.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>Another common task for ScreenInit() function is to initialize the
+output device state. For example, in the XFree86 X server, the
+ScreenInit() function saves the original state of the video card and
+then initializes the video mode of the graphics device.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>CloseScreen()</title>
+
+<para>This function restores any wrapped screen functions (and in
+particular the wrapped CloseScreen() function) and restores the state of
+the output device to its original state. It should also free any
+private data it created during the screen initialization.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>GC operations</title>
+
+<para>When the X server is requested to render drawing primitives, it does
+so by calling drawing functions through the graphics context's operation
+function pointer table (i.e., the GCOps functions). These functions
+render the basic graphics operations such as drawing rectangles, lines,
+text or copying pixmaps. Default routines are provided either by the MI
+layer, which draws indirectly through a simple span interface, or by the
+framebuffer layers (e.g., CFB, MFB, FB), which draw directly to a
+linearly mapped frame buffer.
+</para>
+
+<para>To take advantage of special hardware on the graphics device,
+specific GCOps functions can be replaced by device specific code.
+However, many times the graphics devices can handle only a subset of the
+possible states of the GC, so during graphics context validation,
+appropriate routines are selected based on the state and capabilities of
+the hardware. For example, some graphics hardware can accelerate single
+pixel width lines with certain dash patterns. Thus, for dash patterns
+that are not supported by hardware or for width 2 or greater lines, the
+default routine is chosen during GC validation.
+</para>
+
+<para>Note that some pointers to functions that draw to the screen are
+stored in the Screen structure. They include GetImage(), GetSpans(),
+CopyWindow() and RestoreAreas().
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Xnest</title>
+
+<para>The Xnest X server is a special proxy X server that relays the X
+protocol requests that it receives to a ``real'' X server that then
+processes the requests and displays the results, if applicable. To the X
+applications, Xnest appears as if it is a regular X server. However,
+Xnest is both server to the X application and client of the real X
+server, which will actually handle the requests.
+</para>
+
+<para>The Xnest server implements all of the standard input and output
+initialization steps outlined above.
+</para>
+
+<para><variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>InitOutput()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Xnest takes its configuration information from
+command line arguments via ddxProcessArguments(). This information
+includes the real X server display to connect to, its default visual
+class, the screen depth, the Xnest window's geometry, etc. Xnest then
+connects to the real X server and gathers visual, colormap, depth and
+pixmap information about that server's display, creates a window on that
+server, which will be used as the root window for Xnest.
+</para>
+
+<para>Next, Xnest initializes its internal data structures and uses the
+data from the real X server's pixmaps to initialize its own pixmap
+formats. Finally, it calls AddScreen(xnestOpenScreen, argc, argv) to
+initialize each of its screens.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>ScreenInit()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Xnest's ScreenInit() function is called
+xnestOpenScreen(). This function initializes its screen's depth and
+visual information, and then calls miScreenInit() to set up the default
+screen functions. It then calls miInitializeBackingStore() and
+miDCInitialize() to initialize backing store and the software cursor.
+Finally, it replaces many of the screen functions with its own
+functions that repackage and send the requests to the real X server to
+which Xnest is attached.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>CloseScreen()</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function frees its internal data structure
+allocations. Since it replaces instead of wrapping screen functions,
+there are no function pointers to unwrap. This can potentially lead to
+problems during server regeneration.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>GC operations</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>The GC operations in Xnest are very simple since
+they leave all of the drawing to the real X server to which Xnest is
+attached. Each of the GCOps takes the request and sends it to the
+real X server using standard Xlib calls. For example, the X
+application issues a XDrawLines() call. This function turns into a
+protocol request to Xnest, which calls the xnestPolylines() function
+through Xnest's GCOps function pointer table. The xnestPolylines()
+function is only a single line, which calls XDrawLines() using the same
+arguments that were passed into it. Other GCOps functions are very
+similar. Two exceptions to the simple GCOps functions described above
+are the image functions and the BLT operations.
+</para>
+
+<para>The image functions, GetImage() and PutImage(), must use a temporary
+image to hold the image to be put of the image that was just grabbed
+from the screen while it is in transit to the real X server or the
+client. When the image has been transmitted, the temporary image is
+destroyed.
+</para>
+
+<para>The BLT operations, CopyArea() and CopyPlane(), handle not only the
+copy function, which is the same as the simple cases described above,
+but also the graphics exposures that result when the GC's graphics
+exposure bit is set to True. Graphics exposures are handled in a helper
+function, xnestBitBlitHelper(). This function collects the exposure
+events from the real X server and, if any resulting in regions being
+exposed, then those regions are passed back to the MI layer so that it
+can generate exposure events for the X application.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>The Xnest server takes its input from the X server to which it is
+connected. When the mouse is in the Xnest server's window, keyboard and
+mouse events are received by the Xnest server, repackaged and sent back
+to any client that requests those events.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Shadow framebuffer</title>
+
+<para>The most common type of framebuffer is a linear array memory that
+maps to the video memory on the graphics device. However, accessing
+that video memory over an I/O bus (e.g., ISA or PCI) can be slow. The
+shadow framebuffer layer allows the developer to keep the entire
+framebuffer in main memory and copy it back to video memory at regular
+intervals. It also has been extended to handle planar video memory and
+rotated framebuffers.
+</para>
+
+<para>There are two main entry points to the shadow framebuffer code:
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>shadowAlloc(width, height, bpp)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function allocates the in
+memory copy of the framebuffer of size width*height*bpp. It returns a
+pointer to that memory, which will be used by the framebuffer
+ScreenInit() code during the screen's initialization.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>shadowInit(pScreen, updateProc, windowProc)</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>This function
+initializes the shadow framebuffer layer. It wraps several screen
+drawing functions, and registers a block handler that will update the
+screen. The updateProc is a function that will copy the damaged regions
+to the screen, and the windowProc is a function that is used when the
+entire linear video memory range cannot be accessed simultaneously so
+that only a window into that memory is available (e.g., when using the
+VGA aperture).
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+
+<para>The shadow framebuffer code keeps track of the damaged area of each
+screen by calculating the bounding box of all drawing operations that
+have occurred since the last screen update. Then, when the block handler
+is next called, only the damaged portion of the screen is updated.
+</para>
+
+<para>Note that since the shadow framebuffer is kept in main memory, all
+drawing operations are performed by the CPU and, thus, no accelerated
+hardware drawing operations are possible.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Xinerama</title>
+
+<para>Xinerama is an X extension that allows multiple physical screens
+controlled by a single X server to appear as a single screen. Although
+the extension allows clients to find the physical screen layout via
+extension requests, it is completely transparent to clients at the core
+X11 protocol level. The original public implementation of Xinerama came
+from Digital/Compaq. XFree86 rewrote it, filling in some missing pieces
+and improving both X11 core protocol compliance and performance. The
+Xinerama extension will be passing through X.Org's standardization
+process in the near future, and the sample implementation will be based
+on this rewritten version.
+</para>
+
+<para>The current implementation of Xinerama is based primarily in the DIX
+(device independent) and MI (machine independent) layers of the X
+server. With few exceptions the DDX layers do not need any changes to
+support Xinerama. X server extensions often do need modifications to
+provide full Xinerama functionality.
+</para>
+
+<para>The following is a code-level description of how Xinerama functions.
+</para>
+
+<para>Note: Because the Xinerama extension was originally called the
+PanoramiX extension, many of the Xinerama functions still have the
+PanoramiX prefix.
+</para>
+
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>PanoramiXExtensionInit()</term>
+<listitem>
+ <para>PanoramiXExtensionInit() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called at the start of
+ each server generation from InitExtensions(), which is called from
+ the X server's main() function after all output devices have been
+ initialized, but before any input devices have been initialized.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>PanoramiXNumScreens is set to the number of physical screens. If
+ only one physical screen is present, the extension is disabled, and
+ PanoramiXExtensionInit() returns without doing anything else.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The Xinerama extension is registered by calling AddExtension().
+ </para>
+
+ <para>GC and Screen private
+ indexes are allocated, and both GC and Screen private areas are
+ allocated for each physical screen. These hold Xinerama-specific
+ per-GC and per-Screen data. Each screen's CreateGC and CloseScreen
+ functions are wrapped by XineramaCreateGC() and
+ XineramaCloseScreen() respectively. Some new resource classes are
+ created for Xinerama drawables and GCs, and resource types for
+ Xinerama windows, pixmaps and colormaps.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>A region (PanoramiXScreenRegion) is
+ initialized to be the union of the screen regions.
+ The relative positioning information for the
+ physical screens is taken from the ScreenRec x and y members, which
+ the DDX layer must initialize in InitOutput(). The bounds of the
+ combined screen is also calculated (PanoramiXPixWidth and
+ PanoramiXPixHeight).
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The DIX layer has a list of function pointers
+ (ProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;) that
+ holds the entry points for the functions that process core protocol
+ requests. The requests that Xinerama must intercept and break up
+ into physical screen-specific requests are wrapped. The original
+ set is copied to SavedProcVector&lsqb;&rsqb;. The types of requests
+ intercepted are Window requests, GC requests, colormap requests,
+ drawing requests, and some geometry-related requests. This wrapping
+ allows the bulk of the protocol request processing to be handled
+ transparently to the DIX layer. Some operations cannot be dealt with
+ in this way and are handled with Xinerama-specific code within the
+ DIX layer.
+ </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>PanoramiXConsolidate()</term>
+<listitem>
+ <para>PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called directly from
+ the X server's main() function after extensions and input/output
+ devices have been initialized, and before the root windows are
+ defined and initialized.
+</para>
+
+ <para>This function finds the set of depths (PanoramiXDepths&lsqb;&rsqb;) and
+ visuals (PanoramiXVisuals&lsqb;&rsqb;)
+ common to all of the physical screens.
+ PanoramiXNumDepths is set to the number of common depths, and
+ PanoramiXNumVisuals is set to the number of common visuals.
+ Resources are created for the single root window and the default
+ colormap. Each of these resources has per-physical screen entries.
+ </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry>
+
+<varlistentry>
+<term>PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock()</term>
+<listitem>
+ <para>PanoramiXConsolidate() is a
+ device-independent extension function that is called directly from
+ the X server's main() function after the per-physical screen root
+ windows are created. It is called instead of the standard DIX
+ CreateConnectionBlock() function. If this function returns FALSE,
+ the X server exits with a fatal error. This function will return
+ FALSE if no common depths were found in PanoramiXConsolidate().
+ With no common depths, Xinerama mode is not possible.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The connection block holds the information that clients get when
+ they open a connection to the X server. It includes information
+ such as the supported pixmap formats, number of screens and the
+ sizes, depths, visuals, default colormap information, etc, for each
+ of the screens (much of information that <command>xdpyinfo</command> shows). The
+ connection block is initialized with the combined single screen
+ values that were calculated in the above two functions.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>The Xinerama extension allows the registration of connection
+ block callback functions. The purpose of these is to allow other
+ extensions to do processing at this point. These callbacks can be
+ registered by calling XineramaRegisterConnectionBlockCallback() from
+ the other extension's ExtensionInit() function. Each registered
+ connection block callback is called at the end of
+ PanoramiXCreateConnectionBlock().
+ </para>
+</listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Xinerama-specific changes to the DIX code</title>
+
+<para>There are a few types of Xinerama-specific changes within the DIX
+code. The main ones are described here.
+</para>
+
+<para>Functions that deal with colormap or GC -related operations outside of
+the intercepted protocol requests have a test added to only do the
+processing for screen numbers &gt; 0. This is because they are handled for
+the single Xinerama screen and the processing is done once for screen 0.
+</para>
+
+<para>The handling of motion events does some coordinate translation between
+the physical screen's origin and screen zero's origin. Also, motion
+events must be reported relative to the composite screen origin rather
+than the physical screen origins.
+</para>
+
+<para>There is some special handling for cursor, window and event processing
+that cannot (either not at all or not conveniently) be done via the
+intercepted protocol requests. A particular case is the handling of
+pointers moving between physical screens.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Xinerama-specific changes to the MI code</title>
+
+<para>The only Xinerama-specific change to the MI code is in miSendExposures()
+to handle the coordinate (and window ID) translation for expose events.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Intercepted DIX core requests</title>
+
+<para>Xinerama breaks up drawing requests for dispatch to each physical
+screen. It also breaks up windows into pieces for each physical screen.
+GCs are translated into per-screen GCs. Colormaps are replicated on
+each physical screen. The functions handling the intercepted requests
+take care of breaking the requests and repackaging them so that they can
+be passed to the standard request handling functions for each screen in
+turn. In addition, and to aid the repackaging, the information from
+many of the intercepted requests is used to keep up to date the
+necessary state information for the single composite screen. Requests
+(usually those with replies) that can be satisfied completely from this
+stored state information do not call the standard request handling
+functions.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+
+<sect1>
+<title>Development Results</title>
+
+<para>In this section the results of each phase of development are
+discussed. This development took place between approximately June 2001
+and July 2003.
+</para>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Phase I</title>
+
+<para>The initial development phase dealt with the basic implementation
+including the bootstrap code, which used the shadow framebuffer, and the
+unoptimized implementation, based on an Xnest-style implementation.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Scope</title>
+
+<para>The goal of Phase I is to provide fundamental functionality that can
+act as a foundation for ongoing work:
+<orderedlist>
+<listitem>
+ <para>Develop the proxy X server
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The proxy X server will operate on the X11 protocol and
+ relay requests as necessary to correctly perform the request.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Work will be based on the existing work for Xinerama and
+ Xnest.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Input events and windowing operations are handled in the
+ proxy server and rendering requests are repackaged and sent to
+ each of the back-end servers for display.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The multiple screen layout (including support for
+ overlapping screens) will be user configurable via a
+ configuration file or through the configuration tool.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Develop graphical configuration tool
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>There will be potentially a large number of X servers to
+ configure into a single display. The tool will allow the user
+ to specify which servers are involved in the configuration and
+ how they should be laid out.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pass the X Test Suite
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The X Test Suite covers the basic X11 operations. All
+ tests known to succeed must correctly operate in the distributed
+ X environment.
+ </para></listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+</para>
+
+<para>For this phase, the back-end X servers are assumed to be unmodified X
+servers that do not support any DMX-related protocol extensions; future
+optimization pathways are considered, but are not implemented; and the
+configuration tool is assumed to rely only on libraries in the X source
+tree (e.g., Xt).
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Results</title>
+
+<para>The proxy X server, Xdmx, was developed to distribute X11 protocol
+requests to the set of back-end X servers. It opens a window on each
+back-end server, which represents the part of the front-end's root
+window that is visible on that screen. It mirrors window, pixmap and
+other state in each back-end server. Drawing requests are sent to
+either windows or pixmaps on each back-end server. This code is based
+on Xnest and uses the existing Xinerama extension.
+</para>
+
+<para>Input events can be taken from (1) devices attached to the back-end
+server, (2) core devices attached directly to the Xdmx server, or (3)
+from a ``console'' window on another X server. Events for these devices
+are gathered, processed and delivered to clients attached to the Xdmx
+server.
+</para>
+
+<para>An intuitive configuration format was developed to help the user
+easily configure the multiple back-end X servers. It was defined (see
+grammar in Xdmx man page) and a parser was implemented that is used by
+the Xdmx server and by a standalone xdmxconfig utility. The parsing
+support was implemented such that it can be easily factored out of the X
+source tree for use with other tools (e.g., vdl). Support for
+converting legacy vdl-format configuration files to the DMX format is
+provided by the vdltodmx utility.
+</para>
+
+<para>Originally, the configuration file was going to be a subsection of
+XFree86's XF86Config file, but that was not possible since Xdmx is a
+completely separate X server. Thus, a separate config file format was
+developed. In addition, a graphical configuration
+tool, xdmxconfig, was developed to allow the user to create and arrange
+the screens in the configuration file. The <emphasis remap="bf">-configfile</emphasis> and <emphasis remap="bf">-config</emphasis>
+command-line options can be used to start Xdmx using a configuration
+file.
+</para>
+
+<para>An extension that enables remote input testing is required for the X
+Test Suite to function. During this phase, this extension (XTEST) was
+implemented in the Xdmx server. The results from running the X Test
+Suite are described in detail below.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>X Test Suite</title>
+
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+ <para>
+ The X Test Suite contains tests that verify Xlib functions
+ operate correctly. The test suite is designed to run on a
+ single X server; however, since X applications will not be
+ able to tell the difference between the DMX server and a
+ standard X server, the X Test Suite should also run on the
+ DMX server.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The Xdmx server was tested with the X Test Suite, and the
+ existing failures are noted in this section. To put these
+ results in perspective, we first discuss expected X Test
+ failures and how errors in underlying systems can impact
+ Xdmx test results.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Expected Failures for a Single Head</title>
+ <para>
+ A correctly implemented X server with a single screen is
+ expected to fail certain X Test tests. The following
+ well-known errors occur because of rounding error in the X
+ server code:
+ <literallayout>
+XDrawArc: Tests 42, 63, 66, 73
+XDrawArcs: Tests 45, 66, 69, 76
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following failures occur because of the high-level X
+ server implementation:
+ <literallayout>
+XLoadQueryFont: Test 1
+XListFontsWithInfo: Tests 3, 4
+XQueryFont: Tests 1, 2
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ The following test fails when running the X server as root
+ under Linux because of the way directory modes are
+ interpreted:
+ <literallayout>
+XWriteBitmapFile: Test 3
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Depending on the video card used for the back-end, other
+ failures may also occur because of bugs in the low-level
+ driver implementation. Over time, failures of this kind
+ are usually fixed by XFree86, but will show up in Xdmx
+ testing until then.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Expected Failures for Xinerama</title>
+ <para>
+ Xinerama fails several X Test Suite tests because of
+ design decisions made for the current implementation of
+ Xinerama. Over time, many of these errors will be
+ corrected by XFree86 and the group working on a new
+ Xinerama implementation. Therefore, Xdmx will also share
+ X Suite Test failures with Xinerama.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ We may be able to fix or work-around some of these
+ failures at the Xdmx level, but this will require
+ additional exploration that was not part of Phase I.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ Xinerama is constantly improving, and the list of
+ Xinerama-related failures depends on XFree86 version and
+ the underlying graphics hardware. We tested with a
+ variety of hardware, including nVidia, S3, ATI Radeon,
+ and Matrox G400 (in dual-head mode). The list below
+ includes only those failures that appear to be from the
+ Xinerama layer, and does not include failures listed in
+ the previous section, or failures that appear to be from
+ the low-level graphics driver itself:
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ These failures were noted with multiple Xinerama
+ configurations:
+ <literallayout>
+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known Xinerama implementation issue)
+XSetFontPath: Test 4
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ These failures were noted only when using one dual-head
+ video card with a 4.2.99.x XFree86 server:
+ <literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XDrawRectangles: Test 45
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ These failures were noted only when using two video cards
+ from different vendors with a 4.1.99.x XFree86 server:
+ <literallayout>
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
+XCreateWindow: Test 30
+XDrawLine: Test 22
+XFillArc: Test 22
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Additional Failures from Xdmx</title>
+
+ <para>
+ When running Xdmx, no unexpected failures were noted.
+ Since the Xdmx server is based on Xinerama, we expect to
+ have most of the Xinerama failures present in the Xdmx
+ server. Similarly, since the Xdmx server must rely on the
+ low-level device drivers on each back-end server, we also
+ expect that Xdmx will exhibit most of the back-end
+ failures. Here is a summary:
+ <literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32
+XCreateWindow: Test 30
+XCopyPlane: Test 13, 22, 31
+XSetFontPath: Test 4
+XGetDefault: Test 5 (configuration dependent)
+XMatchVisualInfo: Test 1
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1 (configuration dependent)
+ </literallayout>
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Note that this list is shorter than the combined list for
+ Xinerama because Xdmx uses different code paths to perform
+ some Xinerama operations. Further, some Xinerama failures
+ have been fixed in the XFree86 4.2.99.x CVS repository.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+
+ <sect4>
+ <title>Summary and Future Work</title>
+
+ <para>
+ Running the X Test Suite on Xdmx does not produce any
+ failures that cannot be accounted for by the underlying
+ Xinerama subsystem used by the front-end or by the
+ low-level device-driver code running on the back-end X
+ servers. The Xdmx server therefore is as ``correct'' as
+ possible with respect to the standard set of X Test Suite
+ tests.
+ </para>
+
+ <para>
+ During the following phases, we will continue to verify
+ Xdmx correctness using the X Test Suite. We may also use
+ other tests suites or write additional tests that run
+ under the X Test Suite that specifically verify the
+ expected behavior of DMX.
+ </para>
+ </sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Fonts</title>
+
+<para>In Phase I, fonts are handled directly by both the front-end and the
+back-end servers, which is required since we must treat each back-end
+server during this phase as a ``black box''. What this requires is that
+<emphasis remap="bf">the front- and back-end servers must share the exact same font
+path</emphasis>. There are two ways to help make sure that all servers share the
+same font path:
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>First, each server can be configured to use the same font
+ server. The font server, xfs, can be configured to serve fonts to
+ multiple X servers via TCP.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Second, each server can be configured to use the same font
+ path and either those font paths can be copied to each back-end
+ machine or they can be mounted (e.g., via NFS) on each back-end
+ machine.
+ </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+
+<para>One additional concern is that a client program can set its own font
+path, and if it does so, then that font path must be available on each
+back-end machine.
+</para>
+
+<para>The -fontpath command line option was added to allow users to
+initialize the font path of the front end server. This font path is
+propagated to each back-end server when the default font is loaded. If
+there are any problems, an error message is printed, which will describe
+the problem and list the current font path. For more information about
+setting the font path, see the -fontpath option description in the man
+page.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Performance</title>
+
+<para>Phase I of development was not intended to optimize performance. Its
+focus was on completely and correctly handling the base X11 protocol in
+the Xdmx server. However, several insights were gained during Phase I,
+which are listed here for reference during the next phase of
+development.
+</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calls to XSync() can slow down rendering since it requires a
+ complete round trip to and from a back-end server. This is
+ especially problematic when communicating over long haul networks.
+ </para></listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sending drawing requests to only the screens that they overlap
+ should improve performance.
+ </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Pixmaps</title>
+
+<para>Pixmaps were originally expected to be handled entirely in the
+front-end X server; however, it was found that this overly complicated
+the rendering code and would have required sending potentially large
+images to each back server that required them when copying from pixmap
+to screen. Thus, pixmap state is mirrored in the back-end server just
+as it is with regular window state. With this implementation, the same
+rendering code that draws to windows can be used to draw to pixmaps on
+the back-end server, and no large image transfers are required to copy
+from pixmap to window.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect2>
+<title>Phase II</title>
+
+<para>The second phase of development concentrates on performance
+optimizations. These optimizations are documented here, with
+<command>x11perf</command> data to show how the optimizations improve performance.
+</para>
+
+<para>All benchmarks were performed by running Xdmx on a dual processor
+1.4GHz AMD Athlon machine with 1GB of RAM connecting over 100baseT to
+two single-processor 1GHz Pentium III machines with 256MB of RAM and ATI
+Rage 128 (RF) video cards. The front end was running Linux
+2.4.20-pre1-ac1 and the back ends were running Linux 2.4.7-10 and
+version 4.2.99.1 of XFree86 pulled from the XFree86 CVS repository on
+August 7, 2002. All systems were running Red Hat Linux 7.2.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Moving from XFree86 4.1.99.1 to 4.2.0.0</title>
+
+<para>For phase II, the working source tree was moved to the branch tagged
+with dmx-1-0-branch and was updated from version 4.1.99.1 (20 August
+2001) of the XFree86 sources to version 4.2.0.0 (18 January 2002).
+After this update, the following tests were noted to be more than 10%
+faster:
+<screen>
+1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.20 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.37 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
+</screen>
+And the following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
+<screen>
+0.88 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
+0.75 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+0.79 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
+0.80 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
+0.82 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+0.85 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+
+<para>These changes were not caused by any changes in the DMX system, and
+may point to changes in the XFree86 tree or to tests that have more
+"jitter" than most other <command>x11perf</command> tests.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Global changes</title>
+
+<para>During the development of the Phase II DMX server, several global
+changes were made. These changes were also compared with the Phase I
+server. The following tests were noted to be more than 10% faster:
+<screen>
+1.13 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.15 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.13 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.17 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+1.16 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.19 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+1.15 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+
+<para>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower:
+<screen>
+0.69 Scroll 10x10 pixels
+0.68 Scroll 100x100 pixels
+0.68 Copy 10x10 from window to window
+0.68 Copy 100x100 from window to window
+0.76 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+0.83 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+
+<para>For the remainder of this analysis, the baseline of comparison will
+be the Phase II deliverable with all optimizations disabled (unless
+otherwise noted). This will highlight how the optimizations in
+isolation impact performance.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>XSync() Batching</title>
+
+<para>During the Phase I implementation, XSync() was called after every
+protocol request made by the DMX server. This provided the DMX server
+with an interactive feel, but defeated X11's protocol buffering system
+and introduced round-trip wire latency into every operation. During
+Phase II, DMX was changed so that protocol requests are no longer
+followed by calls to XSync(). Instead, the need for an XSync() is
+noted, and XSync() calls are only made every 100mS or when the DMX
+server specifically needs to make a call to guarantee interactivity.
+With this new system, X11 buffers protocol as much as possible during a
+100mS interval, and many unnecessary XSync() calls are avoided.
+</para>
+
+<para>Out of more than 300 <command>x11perf</command> tests, 8 tests became more than 100
+times faster, with 68 more than 50X faster, 114 more than 10X faster,
+and 181 more than 2X faster. See table below for summary.
+</para>
+
+<para>The following tests were noted to be more than 10% slower with
+XSync() batching on:
+<screen>
+0.88 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+0.89 Copy 500x500 from window to window
+</screen>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Offscreen Optimization</title>
+
+<para>Windows span one or more of the back-end servers' screens; however,
+during Phase I development, windows were created on every back-end
+server and every rendering request was sent to every window regardless
+of whether or not that window was visible. With the offscreen
+optimization, the DMX server tracks when a window is completely off of a
+back-end server's screen and, in that case, it does not send rendering
+requests to those back-end windows. This optimization saves bandwidth
+between the front and back-end servers, and it reduces the number of
+XSync() calls. The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only
+two back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the
+number of back-end servers increases.
+</para>
+
+<para>Out of more than 300 <command>x11perf</command> tests, 3 tests were at least twice as
+fast, and 146 tests were at least 10% faster. Two tests were more than
+10% slower with the offscreen optimization:
+<screen>
+0.88 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
+0.89 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Lazy Window Creation Optimization</title>
+
+<para>As mentioned above, during Phase I, windows were created on every
+back-end server even if they were not visible on that back-end. With
+the lazy window creation optimization, the DMX server does not create
+windows on a back-end server until they are either visible or they
+become the parents of a visible window. This optimization builds on the
+offscreen optimization (described above) and requires it to be enabled.
+</para>
+
+<para>The lazy window creation optimization works by creating the window
+data structures in the front-end server when a client creates a window,
+but delays creation of the window on the back-end server(s). A private
+window structure in the DMX server saves the relevant window data and
+tracks changes to the window's attributes and stacking order for later
+use. The only times a window is created on a back-end server are (1)
+when it is mapped and is at least partially overlapping the back-end
+server's screen (tracked by the offscreen optimization), or (2) when the
+window becomes the parent of a previously visible window. The first
+case occurs when a window is mapped or when a visible window is copied,
+moved or resized and now overlaps the back-end server's screen. The
+second case occurs when starting a window manager after having created
+windows to which the window manager needs to add decorations.
+</para>
+
+<para>When either case occurs, a window on the back-end server is created
+using the data saved in the DMX server's window private data structure.
+The stacking order is then adjusted to correctly place the window on the
+back-end and lastly the window is mapped. From this time forward, the
+window is handled exactly as if the window had been created at the time
+of the client's request.
+</para>
+
+<para>Note that when a window is no longer visible on a back-end server's
+screen (e.g., it is moved offscreen), the window is not destroyed;
+rather, it is kept and reused later if the window once again becomes
+visible on the back-end server's screen. Originally with this
+optimization, destroying windows was implemented but was later rejected
+because it increased bandwidth when windows were opaquely moved or
+resized, which is common in many window managers.
+</para>
+
+<para>The performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two back-end
+servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number of
+back-end servers increases.
+</para>
+
+<para>This optimization improved the following <command>x11perf</command> tests by more
+than 10%:
+<screen>
+1.10 500x500 rectangle outline
+1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.20 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+1.19 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Subdividing Rendering Primitives</title>
+
+<para>X11 imaging requests transfer significant data between the client and
+the X server. During Phase I, the DMX server would then transfer the
+image data to each back-end server. Even with the offscreen
+optimization (above), these requests still required transferring
+significant data to each back-end server that contained a visible
+portion of the window. For example, if the client uses XPutImage() to
+copy an image to a window that overlaps the entire DMX screen, then the
+entire image is copied by the DMX server to every back-end server.
+</para>
+
+<para>To reduce the amount of data transferred between the DMX server and
+the back-end servers when XPutImage() is called, the image data is
+subdivided and only the data that will be visible on a back-end server's
+screen is sent to that back-end server. Xinerama already implements a
+subdivision algorithm for XGetImage() and no further optimization was
+needed.
+</para>
+
+<para>Other rendering primitives were analyzed, but the time required to
+subdivide these primitives was a significant proportion of the time
+required to send the entire rendering request to the back-end server, so
+this optimization was rejected for the other rendering primitives.
+</para>
+
+<para>Again, the performance tests were run on a DMX system with only two
+back-end servers. Greater performance gains will be had as the number
+of back-end servers increases.
+</para>
+
+<para>This optimization improved the following <command>x11perf</command> tests by more
+than 10%:
+<screen>
+1.12 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+1.26 PutImage 10x10 square
+1.83 PutImage 100x100 square
+1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
+1.40 PutImage XY 10x10 square
+1.48 PutImage XY 100x100 square
+1.50 PutImage XY 500x500 square
+1.45 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+1.74 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+
+<para>The following test was noted to be more than 10% slower with this
+optimization:
+<screen>
+0.88 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
+</screen>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Summary of x11perf Data</title>
+
+<para>With all of the optimizations on, 53 <command>x11perf</command> tests are more than
+100X faster than the unoptimized Phase II deliverable, with 69 more than
+50X faster, 73 more than 10X faster, and 199 more than twice as fast.
+No tests were more than 10% slower than the unoptimized Phase II
+deliverable. (Compared with the Phase I deliverable, only Circulate
+Unmapped window (100 kids) was more than 10% slower than the Phase II
+deliverable. As noted above, this test seems to have wider variability
+than other <command>x11perf</command> tests.)
+</para>
+
+<para>The following table summarizes relative <command>x11perf</command> test changes for
+all optimizations individually and collectively. Note that some of the
+optimizations have a synergistic effect when used together.
+<screen>
+
+1: XSync() batching only
+2: Off screen optimizations only
+3: Window optimizations only
+4: Subdivprims only
+5: All optimizations
+
+ 1 2 3 4 5 Operation
+------ ---- ---- ---- ------ ---------
+ 2.14 1.85 1.00 1.00 4.13 Dot
+ 1.67 1.80 1.00 1.00 3.31 1x1 rectangle
+ 2.38 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.44 10x10 rectangle
+ 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.98 1.00 100x100 rectangle
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 rectangle
+ 1.83 1.85 1.05 1.06 3.54 1x1 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 2.43 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.41 10x10 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 0.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 3.40 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 2.38 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.34 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.82 1.82 1.04 1.04 3.56 1x1 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 2.33 1.42 1.00 1.00 2.37 10x10 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.00 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (4x4 tile)
+ 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.66 1x1 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.74 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.73 10x10 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89 0.98 100x100 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.94 1.62 1.00 1.00 3.67 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 0.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.93 1.61 0.99 0.99 3.69 1x1 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.73 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.72 10x10 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 100x100 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.97 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (17x15 tile)
+ 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.83 1x1 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.80 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.83 10x10 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 0.97 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 500x500 stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.95 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.56 1x1 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.65 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.68 10x10 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 100x100 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 500x500 opaque stippled rectangle (161x145...
+ 1.95 1.63 0.98 0.99 3.80 1x1 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 10x10 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.13 1.14 1.14 1.14 1.14 100x100 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 0.88 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 500x500 tiled rectangle (161x145 tile)
+ 1.93 1.63 1.00 1.00 3.53 1x1 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.69 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.66 10x10 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100x100 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 tiled rectangle (216x208 tile)
+ 1.82 1.70 1.00 1.00 3.38 1-pixel line segment
+ 2.07 1.56 0.90 1.00 3.31 10-pixel line segment
+ 1.29 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.27 100-pixel line segment
+ 1.05 1.06 1.03 1.03 1.09 500-pixel line segment
+ 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.29 100-pixel line segment (1 kid)
+ 1.32 1.15 1.00 1.00 1.32 100-pixel line segment (2 kids)
+ 1.33 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.33 100-pixel line segment (3 kids)
+ 1.92 1.64 1.00 1.00 3.73 10-pixel dashed segment
+ 1.34 1.16 1.00 1.00 1.34 100-pixel dashed segment
+ 1.24 1.11 0.99 0.97 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed segment
+ 1.72 1.77 1.00 1.00 3.25 10-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 1.83 1.66 1.01 1.00 3.54 100-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 1.86 1.30 1.00 1.00 1.84 500-pixel horizontal line segment
+ 2.11 1.52 1.00 0.99 3.02 10-pixel vertical line segment
+ 1.21 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.20 100-pixel vertical line segment
+ 1.03 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.02 500-pixel vertical line segment
+ 4.42 1.68 1.00 1.01 4.64 10x1 wide horizontal line segment
+ 1.83 1.31 1.00 1.00 1.83 100x10 wide horizontal line segment
+ 1.07 1.00 0.96 1.00 1.07 500x50 wide horizontal line segment
+ 4.10 1.67 1.00 1.00 4.62 10x1 wide vertical line segment
+ 1.50 1.24 1.06 1.06 1.48 100x10 wide vertical line segment
+ 1.06 1.03 1.00 1.00 1.05 500x50 wide vertical line segment
+ 2.54 1.61 1.00 1.00 3.61 1-pixel line
+ 2.71 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel line
+ 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel line
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.03 500-pixel line
+ 2.68 1.51 0.98 1.00 3.17 10-pixel dashed line
+ 1.23 1.11 0.99 0.99 1.23 100-pixel dashed line
+ 1.15 1.08 1.00 1.00 1.15 100-pixel double-dashed line
+ 2.27 1.39 1.00 1.00 2.23 10x1 wide line
+ 1.20 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.20 100x10 wide line
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 500x50 wide line
+ 1.52 1.45 1.00 1.00 1.52 100x10 wide dashed line
+ 1.54 1.47 1.00 1.00 1.54 100x10 wide double-dashed line
+ 1.97 1.30 0.96 0.95 1.95 10x10 rectangle outline
+ 1.44 1.27 1.00 1.00 1.43 100x100 rectangle outline
+ 3.22 2.16 1.10 1.09 3.61 500x500 rectangle outline
+ 1.95 1.34 1.00 1.00 1.90 10x10 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.14 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.13 100x100 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 500x500 wide rectangle outline
+ 1.57 1.72 1.00 1.00 3.03 1-pixel circle
+ 1.96 1.35 1.00 1.00 1.92 10-pixel circle
+ 1.21 1.07 0.86 0.97 1.20 100-pixel circle
+ 1.08 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel circle
+ 1.39 1.19 1.03 1.03 1.38 100-pixel dashed circle
+ 1.21 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.23 100-pixel double-dashed circle
+ 1.59 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.58 10-pixel wide circle
+ 1.22 1.12 0.99 1.00 1.22 100-pixel wide circle
+ 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.05 500-pixel wide circle
+ 1.87 1.84 1.00 1.00 1.85 100-pixel wide dashed circle
+ 1.90 1.93 1.01 1.01 1.90 100-pixel wide double-dashed circle
+ 2.13 1.43 1.00 1.00 2.32 10-pixel partial circle
+ 1.42 1.18 1.00 1.00 1.42 100-pixel partial circle
+ 1.92 1.85 1.01 1.01 1.89 10-pixel wide partial circle
+ 1.73 1.67 1.00 1.00 1.73 100-pixel wide partial circle
+ 1.36 1.95 1.00 1.00 2.64 1-pixel solid circle
+ 2.02 1.37 1.00 1.00 2.03 10-pixel solid circle
+ 1.19 1.09 1.00 1.00 1.19 100-pixel solid circle
+ 1.02 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.01 500-pixel solid circle
+ 1.74 1.28 1.00 0.88 1.73 10-pixel fill chord partial circle
+ 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.31 100-pixel fill chord partial circle
+ 1.67 1.31 1.03 1.03 1.72 10-pixel fill slice partial circle
+ 1.30 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.28 100-pixel fill slice partial circle
+ 2.45 1.49 1.01 1.00 2.71 10-pixel ellipse
+ 1.22 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.22 100-pixel ellipse
+ 1.09 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.09 500-pixel ellipse
+ 1.90 1.28 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel dashed ellipse
+ 1.62 1.24 0.96 0.97 1.61 100-pixel double-dashed ellipse
+ 2.43 1.50 1.00 1.00 2.42 10-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.61 1.28 1.03 1.03 1.60 100-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.08 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.08 500-pixel wide ellipse
+ 1.93 1.88 1.00 1.00 1.88 100-pixel wide dashed ellipse
+ 1.94 1.89 1.01 1.00 1.94 100-pixel wide double-dashed ellipse
+ 2.31 1.48 1.00 1.00 2.67 10-pixel partial ellipse
+ 1.38 1.17 1.00 1.00 1.38 100-pixel partial ellipse
+ 2.00 1.85 0.98 0.97 1.98 10-pixel wide partial ellipse
+ 1.89 1.86 1.00 1.00 1.89 100-pixel wide partial ellipse
+ 3.49 1.60 1.00 1.00 3.65 10-pixel filled ellipse
+ 1.67 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.67 100-pixel filled ellipse
+ 1.06 1.04 1.00 1.00 1.06 500-pixel filled ellipse
+ 2.38 1.43 1.01 1.00 2.32 10-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
+ 2.06 1.30 1.00 1.00 2.05 100-pixel fill chord partial ellipse
+ 2.27 1.41 1.00 1.00 2.27 10-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
+ 1.98 1.33 1.00 0.97 1.97 100-pixel fill slice partial ellipse
+ 57.46 1.99 1.01 1.00 114.92 Fill 1x1 equivalent triangle
+ 56.94 1.98 1.01 1.00 73.89 Fill 10x10 equivalent triangle
+ 6.07 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.07 Fill 100x100 equivalent triangle
+ 51.12 1.98 1.00 1.00 102.81 Fill 1x1 trapezoid
+ 51.42 1.82 1.01 1.00 94.89 Fill 10x10 trapezoid
+ 6.47 1.80 1.00 1.00 6.44 Fill 100x100 trapezoid
+ 1.56 1.28 1.00 0.99 1.56 Fill 300x300 trapezoid
+ 51.27 1.97 0.96 0.97 102.54 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 51.73 2.00 1.02 1.02 67.92 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 5.36 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 1.54 1.26 1.00 1.00 1.59 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 51.41 1.94 1.01 1.00 102.82 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8 stipple)
+ 50.71 1.95 0.99 1.00 65.44 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 5.33 1.73 1.00 1.00 5.36 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 1.58 1.25 1.00 1.00 1.58 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (8x8...
+ 51.56 1.96 0.99 0.90 103.68 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 51.59 1.99 1.01 1.01 62.25 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 5.38 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.38 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 1.54 1.25 1.00 0.99 1.58 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (4x4 tile)
+ 51.70 1.98 1.01 1.01 103.98 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 44.86 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.86 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.73 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.27 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (17x15 stipple)
+ 51.41 1.96 0.96 0.95 103.39 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 45.14 1.96 1.01 1.00 45.14 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 2.68 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.68 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 1.26 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (17x15...
+ 51.13 1.97 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 47.58 1.96 1.00 1.00 47.86 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 2.74 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.74 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 1.29 1.14 1.00 1.00 1.28 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (17x15 tile)
+ 51.13 1.97 0.99 0.97 103.39 Fill 1x1 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 45.14 1.97 1.00 1.00 44.29 Fill 10x10 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 3.02 1.77 1.12 1.12 3.38 Fill 100x100 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 1.31 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.30 Fill 300x300 stippled trapezoid (161x145 stipple)
+ 51.27 1.97 1.00 1.00 103.10 Fill 1x1 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
+ 45.01 1.97 1.00 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145...
+ 2.67 1.56 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
+ 1.29 1.13 1.00 1.01 1.27 Fill 300x300 opaque stippled trapezoid (161x145..
+ 51.41 1.96 1.00 0.99 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 45.01 1.96 0.98 1.00 45.01 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 2.62 1.36 1.00 1.00 2.69 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 1.27 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.22 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (161x145 tile)
+ 51.13 1.98 1.00 1.00 103.39 Fill 1x1 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 45.14 1.97 1.01 0.99 45.14 Fill 10x10 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 2.62 1.55 1.00 1.00 2.71 Fill 100x100 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 1.28 1.13 1.00 1.00 1.20 Fill 300x300 tiled trapezoid (216x208 tile)
+ 50.71 1.95 1.00 1.00 54.70 Fill 10x10 equivalent complex polygon
+ 5.51 1.71 0.96 0.98 5.47 Fill 100x100 equivalent complex polygons
+ 8.39 1.97 1.00 1.00 16.75 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Convex)
+ 8.38 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.43 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Convex)
+ 8.50 1.96 1.00 1.00 16.64 Fill 10x10 64-gon (Complex)
+ 8.26 1.83 1.00 1.00 8.35 Fill 100x100 64-gon (Complex)
+ 14.09 1.87 1.00 1.00 14.05 Char in 80-char line (6x13)
+ 11.91 1.87 1.00 1.00 11.95 Char in 70-char line (8x13)
+ 11.16 1.85 1.01 1.00 11.10 Char in 60-char line (9x15)
+ 10.09 1.78 1.00 1.00 10.09 Char16 in 40-char line (k14)
+ 6.15 1.75 1.00 1.00 6.31 Char16 in 23-char line (k24)
+ 11.92 1.90 1.03 1.03 11.88 Char in 80-char line (TR 10)
+ 8.18 1.78 1.00 0.99 8.17 Char in 30-char line (TR 24)
+ 42.83 1.44 1.01 1.00 42.11 Char in 20/40/20 line (6x13, TR 10)
+ 27.45 1.43 1.01 1.01 27.45 Char16 in 7/14/7 line (k14, k24)
+ 12.13 1.85 1.00 1.00 12.05 Char in 80-char image line (6x13)
+ 10.00 1.84 1.00 1.00 10.00 Char in 70-char image line (8x13)
+ 9.18 1.83 1.00 1.00 9.12 Char in 60-char image line (9x15)
+ 9.66 1.82 0.98 0.95 9.66 Char16 in 40-char image line (k14)
+ 5.82 1.72 1.00 1.00 5.99 Char16 in 23-char image line (k24)
+ 8.70 1.80 1.00 1.00 8.65 Char in 80-char image line (TR 10)
+ 4.67 1.66 1.00 1.00 4.67 Char in 30-char image line (TR 24)
+ 84.43 1.47 1.00 1.00 124.18 Scroll 10x10 pixels
+ 3.73 1.50 1.00 0.98 3.73 Scroll 100x100 pixels
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Scroll 500x500 pixels
+ 84.43 1.51 1.00 1.00 134.02 Copy 10x10 from window to window
+ 3.62 1.51 0.98 0.98 3.62 Copy 100x100 from window to window
+ 0.89 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from window to window
+ 57.06 1.99 1.00 1.00 88.64 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to window
+ 2.49 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.48 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to window
+ 1.00 0.91 1.00 1.00 0.98 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to window
+ 2.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 2.03 Copy 10x10 from window to pixmap
+ 1.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.05 Copy 100x100 from window to pixmap
+ 1.00 1.00 0.93 1.00 1.04 Copy 500x500 from window to pixmap
+ 58.52 1.03 1.03 1.02 57.95 Copy 10x10 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 2.40 1.00 1.00 1.00 2.45 Copy 100x100 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 from pixmap to pixmap
+ 51.57 1.92 1.00 1.00 85.75 Copy 10x10 1-bit deep plane
+ 6.37 1.75 1.01 1.01 6.37 Copy 100x100 1-bit deep plane
+ 1.26 1.11 1.00 1.00 1.24 Copy 500x500 1-bit deep plane
+ 4.23 1.63 0.98 0.97 4.38 Copy 10x10 n-bit deep plane
+ 1.04 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.04 Copy 100x100 n-bit deep plane
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Copy 500x500 n-bit deep plane
+ 6.45 1.98 1.00 1.26 12.80 PutImage 10x10 square
+ 1.10 1.87 1.00 1.83 2.11 PutImage 100x100 square
+ 1.02 1.93 1.00 1.91 1.91 PutImage 500x500 square
+ 4.17 1.78 1.00 1.40 7.18 PutImage XY 10x10 square
+ 1.27 1.49 0.97 1.48 2.10 PutImage XY 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.50 1.00 1.50 1.52 PutImage XY 500x500 square
+ 1.07 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.06 GetImage 10x10 square
+ 1.01 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.01 GetImage 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage 500x500 square
+ 1.56 1.00 0.99 0.97 1.56 GetImage XY 10x10 square
+ 1.02 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.02 GetImage XY 100x100 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 GetImage XY 500x500 square
+ 1.00 1.00 1.01 0.98 0.95 X protocol NoOperation
+ 1.02 1.03 1.04 1.03 1.00 QueryPointer
+ 1.03 1.02 1.04 1.03 1.00 GetProperty
+100.41 1.51 1.00 1.00 198.76 Change graphics context
+ 45.81 1.00 0.99 0.97 57.10 Create and map subwindows (4 kids)
+ 78.45 1.01 1.02 1.02 63.07 Create and map subwindows (16 kids)
+ 73.91 1.01 1.00 1.00 56.37 Create and map subwindows (25 kids)
+ 73.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.07 Create and map subwindows (50 kids)
+ 72.36 1.01 0.99 1.00 32.14 Create and map subwindows (75 kids)
+ 70.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.12 Create and map subwindows (100 kids)
+ 55.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 23.75 Create and map subwindows (200 kids)
+ 55.30 1.01 1.00 1.00 141.03 Create unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 163.25 Create unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 54.75 0.96 1.00 0.99 166.95 Create unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 54.83 1.00 1.00 0.99 178.81 Create unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 55.38 1.01 1.01 1.00 181.20 Create unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 54.87 1.01 1.01 1.00 182.05 Create unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 28.13 1.00 1.00 1.00 30.75 Map window via parent (4 kids)
+ 36.14 1.01 1.01 1.01 32.58 Map window via parent (16 kids)
+ 26.13 1.00 0.98 0.95 29.85 Map window via parent (25 kids)
+ 40.07 1.00 1.01 1.00 27.57 Map window via parent (50 kids)
+ 23.26 0.99 1.00 1.00 18.23 Map window via parent (75 kids)
+ 22.91 0.99 1.00 0.99 16.52 Map window via parent (100 kids)
+ 27.79 1.00 1.00 0.99 12.50 Map window via parent (200 kids)
+ 22.35 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.19 Unmap window via parent (4 kids)
+ 9.57 1.00 0.99 1.00 89.78 Unmap window via parent (16 kids)
+ 80.77 1.01 1.00 1.00 103.85 Unmap window via parent (25 kids)
+ 96.34 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.06 Unmap window via parent (50 kids)
+ 99.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 124.93 Unmap window via parent (75 kids)
+112.36 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.27 Unmap window via parent (100 kids)
+105.41 1.00 1.00 0.99 120.00 Unmap window via parent (200 kids)
+ 51.29 1.03 1.02 1.02 74.19 Destroy window via parent (4 kids)
+ 86.75 0.99 0.99 0.99 116.87 Destroy window via parent (16 kids)
+106.43 1.01 1.01 1.01 127.49 Destroy window via parent (25 kids)
+120.34 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.11 Destroy window via parent (50 kids)
+126.67 1.00 0.99 0.99 145.00 Destroy window via parent (75 kids)
+126.11 1.01 1.01 1.00 140.56 Destroy window via parent (100 kids)
+128.57 1.01 1.00 1.00 137.91 Destroy window via parent (200 kids)
+ 16.04 0.88 1.00 1.00 20.36 Hide/expose window via popup (4 kids)
+ 19.04 1.01 1.00 1.00 23.48 Hide/expose window via popup (16 kids)
+ 19.22 1.00 1.00 1.00 20.44 Hide/expose window via popup (25 kids)
+ 17.41 1.00 0.91 0.97 17.68 Hide/expose window via popup (50 kids)
+ 17.29 1.01 1.00 1.01 17.07 Hide/expose window via popup (75 kids)
+ 16.74 1.00 1.00 1.00 16.17 Hide/expose window via popup (100 kids)
+ 10.30 1.00 1.00 1.00 10.51 Hide/expose window via popup (200 kids)
+ 16.48 1.01 1.00 1.00 26.05 Move window (4 kids)
+ 17.01 0.95 1.00 1.00 23.97 Move window (16 kids)
+ 16.95 1.00 1.00 1.00 22.90 Move window (25 kids)
+ 16.05 1.01 1.00 1.00 21.32 Move window (50 kids)
+ 15.58 1.00 0.98 0.98 19.44 Move window (75 kids)
+ 14.98 1.02 1.03 1.03 18.17 Move window (100 kids)
+ 10.90 1.01 1.01 1.00 12.68 Move window (200 kids)
+ 49.42 1.00 1.00 1.00 198.27 Moved unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 50.72 0.97 1.00 1.00 193.66 Moved unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 0.99 1.00 195.09 Moved unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 50.72 1.00 1.00 1.00 189.34 Moved unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 191.33 Moved unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 0.90 186.71 Moved unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 50.87 1.00 1.00 1.00 179.19 Moved unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 41.04 1.00 1.00 1.00 56.61 Move window via parent (4 kids)
+ 69.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.82 Move window via parent (16 kids)
+ 95.81 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.92 Move window via parent (25 kids)
+ 95.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 149.43 Move window via parent (50 kids)
+ 96.59 1.01 1.01 1.00 153.98 Move window via parent (75 kids)
+ 97.19 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.30 Move window via parent (100 kids)
+ 96.67 1.00 0.99 0.96 159.44 Move window via parent (200 kids)
+ 17.75 1.01 1.00 1.00 27.61 Resize window (4 kids)
+ 17.94 1.00 1.00 0.99 25.42 Resize window (16 kids)
+ 17.92 1.01 1.00 1.00 24.47 Resize window (25 kids)
+ 17.24 0.97 1.00 1.00 24.14 Resize window (50 kids)
+ 16.81 1.00 1.00 0.99 22.75 Resize window (75 kids)
+ 16.08 1.00 1.00 1.00 21.20 Resize window (100 kids)
+ 12.92 1.00 0.99 1.00 16.26 Resize window (200 kids)
+ 52.94 1.01 1.00 1.00 327.12 Resize unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 53.60 1.01 1.01 1.01 333.71 Resize unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 52.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 337.29 Resize unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 51.98 1.00 1.00 1.00 329.38 Resize unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 53.05 0.89 1.00 1.00 322.60 Resize unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 53.05 1.00 1.00 1.00 318.08 Resize unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 53.11 1.00 1.00 0.99 306.21 Resize unmapped window (200 kids)
+ 16.76 1.00 0.96 1.00 19.46 Circulate window (4 kids)
+ 17.24 1.00 1.00 0.97 16.24 Circulate window (16 kids)
+ 16.30 1.03 1.03 1.03 15.85 Circulate window (25 kids)
+ 13.45 1.00 1.00 1.00 14.90 Circulate window (50 kids)
+ 12.91 1.00 1.00 1.00 13.06 Circulate window (75 kids)
+ 11.30 0.98 1.00 1.00 11.03 Circulate window (100 kids)
+ 7.58 1.01 1.01 0.99 7.47 Circulate window (200 kids)
+ 1.01 1.01 0.98 1.00 0.95 Circulate Unmapped window (4 kids)
+ 1.07 1.07 1.01 1.07 1.02 Circulate Unmapped window (16 kids)
+ 1.04 1.09 1.06 1.05 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (25 kids)
+ 1.04 1.23 1.20 1.18 1.05 Circulate Unmapped window (50 kids)
+ 1.18 1.53 1.19 1.45 1.24 Circulate Unmapped window (75 kids)
+ 1.08 1.02 1.01 1.74 1.01 Circulate Unmapped window (100 kids)
+ 1.01 1.12 0.98 0.91 0.97 Circulate Unmapped window (200 kids)
+</screen>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Profiling with OProfile</title>
+
+<para>OProfile (available from http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/) is a
+system-wide profiler for Linux systems that uses processor-level
+counters to collect sampling data. OProfile can provide information
+that is similar to that provided by <command>gprof</command>, but without the
+necessity of recompiling the program with special instrumentation (i.e.,
+OProfile can collect statistical profiling information about optimized
+programs). A test harness was developed to collect OProfile data for
+each <command>x11perf</command> test individually.
+</para>
+
+<para>Test runs were performed using the RETIRED_INSNS counter on the AMD
+Athlon and the CPU_CLK_HALTED counter on the Intel Pentium III (with a
+test configuration different from the one described above). We have
+examined OProfile output and have compared it with <command>gprof</command> output.
+This investigation has not produced results that yield performance
+increases in <command>x11perf</command> numbers.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+<!--
+<sect3>Retired Instructions
+
+<p>The initial tests using OProfile were done using the RETIRED_INSNS
+counter with DMX running on the dual-processor AMD Athlon machine - the
+same test configuration that was described above and that was used for
+other tests. The RETIRED_INSNS counter counts retired instructions and
+showed drawing, text, copying, and image tests to be dominated (&gt;
+30%) by calls to Hash(), SecurityLookupIDByClass(),
+SecurityLookupIDByType(), and StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Some of
+these tests also executed significant instructions in
+WaitForSomething().
+
+<p>In contrast, the window tests executed significant
+instructions in SecurityLookupIDByType(), Hash(),
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), but also executed significant
+instructions in other routines, such as ConfigureWindow(). Some time
+was spent looking at Hash() function, but optimizations in this routine
+did not lead to a dramatic increase in <tt/x11perf/ performance.
+-->
+
+<!--
+<sect3>Clock Cycles
+
+<p>Retired instructions can be misleading because Intel/AMD instructions
+execute in variable amounts of time. The OProfile tests were repeated
+using the Intel CPU_CLK_HALTED counter with DMX running on the second
+back-end machine. Note that this is a different test configuration that
+the one described above. However, these tests show the amount of time
+(as measured in CPU cycles) that are spent in each routine. Because
+<tt/x11perf/ was running on the first back-end machine and because
+window optimizations were on, the load on the second back-end machine
+was not significant.
+
+<p>Using CPU_CLK_HALTED, DMX showed simple drawing
+tests spending more than 10% of their time in
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(), with significant time (&gt; 20% total)
+spent in SecurityLookupIDByClass(), WaitForSomething(), and Dispatch().
+For these tests, &lt; 5% of the time was spent in Hash(), which explains
+why optimizing the Hash() routine did not impact <tt/x11perf/ results.
+
+<p>The trapezoid, text, scrolling, copying, and image tests were
+dominated by time in ProcFillPoly(), PanoramiXFillPoly(), dmxFillPolygon(),
+SecurityLookupIDByClass(), SecurityLookupIDByType(), and
+StandardReadRequestFromClient(). Hash() time was generally above 5% but
+less than 10% of total time.
+-->
+
+<sect3>
+<title>X Test Suite</title>
+
+<para>The X Test Suite was run on the fully optimized DMX server using the
+configuration described above. The following failures were noted:
+<screen>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1 [1]
+XChangeWindowAttributes: Test 32 [1]
+XCreateWindow: Test 30 [1]
+XFreeColors: Test 4 [3]
+XCopyArea: Test 13, 17, 21, 25, 30 [2]
+XCopyPlane: Test 11, 15, 27, 31 [2]
+XSetFontPath: Test 4 [1]
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Test 9, 10 [1]
+
+[1] Previously documented errors expected from the Xinerama
+ implementation (see Phase I discussion).
+[2] Newly noted errors that have been verified as expected
+ behavior of the Xinerama implementation.
+[3] Newly noted error that has been verified as a Xinerama
+ implementation bug.
+</screen>
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+</sect2>
+
+<!-- ============================================================ -->
+<sect2>
+<title>Phase III</title>
+
+<para>During the third phase of development, support was provided for the
+following extensions: SHAPE, RENDER, XKEYBOARD, XInput.
+</para>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>SHAPE</title>
+
+<para>The SHAPE extension is supported. Test applications (e.g., xeyes and
+oclock) and window managers that make use of the SHAPE extension will
+work as expected.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>RENDER</title>
+
+<para>The RENDER extension is supported. The version included in the DMX
+CVS tree is version 0.2, and this version is fully supported by Xdmx.
+Applications using only version 0.2 functions will work correctly;
+however, some apps that make use of functions from later versions do not
+properly check the extension's major/minor version numbers. These apps
+will fail with a Bad Implementation error when using post-version 0.2
+functions. This is expected behavior. When the DMX CVS tree is updated
+to include newer versions of RENDER, support for these newer functions
+will be added to the DMX X server.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>XKEYBOARD</title>
+
+<para>The XKEYBOARD extension is supported. If present on the back-end X
+servers, the XKEYBOARD extension will be used to obtain information
+about the type of the keyboard for initialization. Otherwise, the
+keyboard will be initialized using defaults. Note that this departs
+from older behavior: when Xdmx is compiled without XKEYBOARD support,
+the map from the back-end X server will be preserved. With XKEYBOARD
+support, the map is not preserved because better information and control
+of the keyboard is available.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>XInput</title>
+
+<para>The XInput extension is supported. Any device can be used as a core
+device and be used as an XInput extension device, with the exception of
+core devices on the back-end servers. This limitation is present
+because cursor handling on the back-end requires that the back-end
+cursor sometimes track the Xdmx core cursor -- behavior that is
+incompatible with using the back-end pointer as a non-core device.
+</para>
+
+<para>Currently, back-end extension devices are not available as Xdmx
+extension devices, but this limitation should be removed in the future.
+</para>
+
+<para>To demonstrate the XInput extension, and to provide more examples for
+low-level input device driver writers, USB device drivers have been
+written for mice (usb-mou), keyboards (usb-kbd), and
+non-mouse/non-keyboard USB devices (usb-oth). Please see the man page
+for information on Linux kernel drivers that are required for using
+these Xdmx drivers.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>DPMS</title>
+
+<para>The DPMS extension is exported but does not do anything at this time.
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Other Extensions</title>
+
+<para>The LBX,
+ SECURITY,
+ XC-APPGROUP, and
+ XFree86-Bigfont
+extensions do not require any special Xdmx support and have been exported.
+</para>
+
+<para>The
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DOUBLE-BUFFER,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ FontCache,
+ GLX,
+ MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
+ MIT-SHM,
+ MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
+ RECORD,
+ SECURITY,
+ SGI-GLX,
+ SYNC,
+ TOG-CUP,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-DGA,
+ XFree86-DRI,
+ XFree86-Misc,
+ XFree86-VidModeExtension, and
+ XVideo
+extensions are <emphasis remap="it">not</emphasis> supported at this time, but will be evaluated
+for inclusion in future DMX releases. <emphasis remap="bf">See below for additional work
+on extensions after Phase III.</emphasis>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2>
+<title>Phase IV</title>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Moving to XFree86 4.3.0</title>
+
+<para>For Phase IV, the recent release of XFree86 4.3.0 (27 February 2003)
+was merged onto the dmx.sourceforge.net CVS trunk and all work is
+proceeding using this tree.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Extensions </title>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>XC-MISC (supported)</title>
+
+<para>XC-MISC is used internally by the X library to recycle XIDs from the
+X server. This is important for long-running X server sessions. Xdmx
+supports this extension. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact
+same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Extended-Visual-Information (supported)</title>
+
+<para>The Extended-Visual-Information extension provides a method for an X
+client to obtain detailed visual information. Xdmx supports this
+extension. It was tested using the <filename>hw/dmx/examples/evi</filename> example
+program. <emphasis remap="bf">Note that this extension is not Xinerama-aware</emphasis> -- it will
+return visual information for each screen even though Xinerama is
+causing the X server to export a single logical screen.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>RES (supported)</title>
+
+<para>The X-Resource extension provides a mechanism for a client to obtain
+detailed information about the resources used by other clients. This
+extension was tested with the <filename>hw/dmx/examples/res</filename> program. The
+X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same tests before and after
+this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>BIG-REQUESTS (supported)</title>
+
+<para>This extension enables the X11 protocol to handle requests longer
+than 262140 bytes. The X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
+tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>XSYNC (supported)</title>
+
+<para>This extension provides facilities for two different X clients to
+synchronize their requests. This extension was minimally tested with
+<command>xdpyinfo</command> and the X Test Suite passed and failed the exact same
+tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+<!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>XTEST, RECORD, DEC-XTRAP (supported) and XTestExtension1 (not supported)</title>
+
+<para>The XTEST and RECORD extension were developed by the X Consortium for
+use in the X Test Suite and are supported as a standard in the X11R6
+tree. They are also supported in Xdmx. When X Test Suite tests that
+make use of the XTEST extension are run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly
+the same tests as does a standard XFree86 X server. When the
+<literal remap="tt">rcrdtest</literal> test (a part of the X Test Suite that verifies the RECORD
+extension) is run, Xdmx passes and fails exactly the same tests as does
+a standard XFree86 X server. <!-- Tested February/March 2003 -->
+</para>
+
+<para>There are two older XTEST-like extensions: DEC-XTRAP and
+XTestExtension1. The XTestExtension1 extension was developed for use by
+the X Testing Consortium for use with a test suite that eventually
+became (part of?) the X Test Suite. Unlike XTEST, which only allows
+events to be sent to the server, the XTestExtension1 extension also
+allowed events to be recorded (similar to the RECORD extension). The
+second is the DEC-XTRAP extension that was developed by the Digital
+Equipment Corporation.
+</para>
+
+<para>The DEC-XTRAP extension is available from Xdmx and has been tested
+with the <command>xtrap*</command> tools which are distributed as standard X11R6
+clients. <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+
+<para>The XTestExtension1 is <emphasis>not</emphasis> supported because it does not appear
+to be used by any modern X clients (the few that support it also support
+XTEST) and because there are no good methods available for testing that
+it functions correctly (unlike XTEST and DEC-XTRAP, the code for
+XTestExtension1 is not part of the standard X server source tree, so
+additional testing is important). <!-- Tested March 2003 -->
+</para>
+
+<para>Most of these extensions are documented in the X11R6 source tree.
+Further, several original papers exist that this author was unable to
+locate -- for completeness and historical interest, citations are
+provide:
+<variablelist>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>XRECORD</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Martha Zimet. Extending X For Recording. 8th Annual X
+Technical Conference Boston, MA January 24-26, 1994.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>DEC-XTRAP</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Dick Annicchiarico, Robert Chesler, Alan Jamison. XTrap
+Architecture. Digital Equipment Corporation, July 1991.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+<varlistentry>
+<term>XTestExtension1</term>
+<listitem>
+<para>Larry Woestman. X11 Input Synthesis Extension
+Proposal. Hewlett Packard, November 1991.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry>
+</variablelist>
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>MIT-MISC (not supported)</title>
+
+<para>The MIT-MISC extension is used to control a bug-compatibility flag
+that provides compatibility with xterm programs from X11R1 and X11R2.
+There does not appear to be a single client available that makes use of
+this extension and there is not way to verify that it works correctly.
+The Xdmx server does <emphasis>not</emphasis> support MIT-MISC.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>SCREENSAVER (not supported)</title>
+
+<para>This extension provides special support for the X screen saver. It
+was tested with beforelight, which appears to be the only client that
+works with it. When Xinerama was not active, <command>beforelight</command> behaved
+as expected. However, when Xinerama was active, <command>beforelight</command> did
+not behave as expected. Further, when this extension is not active,
+<command>xscreensaver</command> (a widely-used X screen saver program) did not behave
+as expected. Since this extension is not Xinerama-aware and is not
+commonly used with expected results by clients, we have left this
+extension disabled at this time.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>GLX (supported)</title>
+
+<para>The GLX extension provides OpenGL and GLX windowing support. In
+Xdmx, the extension is called glxProxy, and it is Xinerama aware. It
+works by either feeding requests forward through Xdmx to each of the
+back-end servers or handling them locally. All rendering requests are
+handled on the back-end X servers. This code was donated to the DMX
+project by SGI. For the X Test Suite results comparison, see below.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>RENDER (supported)</title>
+
+<para>The X Rendering Extension (RENDER) provides support for digital image
+composition. Geometric and text rendering are supported. RENDER is
+partially Xinerama-aware, with text and the most basic compositing
+operator; however, its higher level primitives (triangles, triangle
+strips, and triangle fans) are not yet Xinerama-aware. The RENDER
+extension is still under development, and is currently at version 0.8.
+Additional support will be required in DMX as more primitives and/or
+requests are added to the extension.
+</para>
+
+<para>There is currently no test suite for the X Rendering Extension;
+however, there has been discussion of developing a test suite as the
+extension matures. When that test suite becomes available, additional
+testing can be performed with Xdmx. The X Test Suite passed and failed
+the exact same tests before and after this extension was enabled.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Summary</title>
+
+<!-- WARNING: this list is duplicated in the "Common X extension
+support" section -->
+<para>To summarize, the following extensions are currently supported:
+ BIG-REQUESTS,
+ DEC-XTRAP,
+ DMX,
+ DPMS,
+ Extended-Visual-Information,
+ GLX,
+ LBX,
+ RECORD,
+ RENDER,
+ SECURITY,
+ SHAPE,
+ SYNC,
+ X-Resource,
+ XC-APPGROUP,
+ XC-MISC,
+ XFree86-Bigfont,
+ XINERAMA,
+ XInputExtension,
+ XKEYBOARD, and
+ XTEST.
+</para>
+
+<para>The following extensions are <emphasis>not</emphasis> supported at this time:
+ DOUBLE-BUFFER,
+ FontCache,
+ MIT-SCREEN-SAVER,
+ MIT-SHM,
+ MIT-SUNDRY-NONSTANDARD,
+ TOG-CUP,
+ XFree86-DGA,
+ XFree86-Misc,
+ XFree86-VidModeExtension,
+ XTestExtensionExt1, and
+ XVideo.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Additional Testing with the X Test Suite</title>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>XFree86 without XTEST</title>
+
+<para>After the release of XFree86 4.3.0, we retested the XFree86 X server
+with and without using the XTEST extension. When the XTEST extension
+was <emphasis>not</emphasis> used for testing, the XFree86 4.3.0 server running on our
+usual test system with a Radeon VE card reported unexpected failures in
+the following tests:
+<literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>XFree86 with XTEST</title>
+
+<para>When using the XTEST extension, the XFree86 4.3.0 server reported the
+following errors:
+<literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XGetDefault: Test 5
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+
+<para>While these errors may be important, they will probably be fixed
+eventually in the XFree86 source tree. We are particularly interested
+in demonstrating that the Xdmx server does not introduce additional
+failures that are not known Xinerama failures.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Xdmx with XTEST, without Xinerama, without GLX</title>
+
+<para>Without Xinerama, but using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx (note that these are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0, except that XGetDefault no longer fails):
+<literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, without GLX</title>
+
+<para>With Xinerama, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx:
+<literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+
+XCopyPlane: Tests 13, 22, 31 (well-known XTEST/Xinerama interaction issue)
+XDrawLine: Test 67
+XDrawLines: Test 91
+XDrawSegments: Test 68
+</literallayout>
+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0 server, and that the XCopyPlane error is a well-known error
+resulting from an XTEST/Xinerama interaction when the request crosses a
+screen boundary. The XDraw* errors are resolved when the tests are run
+individually and they do not cross a screen boundary. We will
+investigate these errors further to determine their cause.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Xdmx with XTEST, with Xinerama, with GLX</title>
+
+<para>With GLX enabled, using the XTEST extension, the following errors
+were reported from Xdmx (these results are from early during the Phase
+IV development, but were confirmed with a late Phase IV snapshot):
+<literallayout>
+XListPixmapFormats: Test 1
+XChangeKeyboardControl: Tests 9, 10
+XRebindKeysym: Test 1
+
+XAllowEvents: Tests 20, 21, 24
+XGrabButton: Tests 5, 9-12, 14, 16, 19, 21-25
+XGrabKey: Test 8
+XSetPointerMapping: Test 3
+XUngrabButton: Test 4
+
+XClearArea: Test 8
+XCopyArea: Tests 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
+XCopyPlane: Tests 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
+XDrawArcs: Tests 89, 100, 102
+XDrawLine: Test 67
+XDrawSegments: Test 68
+</literallayout>
+Note that the first two sets of errors are the same as for the XFree86
+4.3.0 server, and that the third set has different failures than when
+Xdmx does not include GLX support. Since the GLX extension adds new
+visuals to support GLX's visual configs and the X Test Suite runs tests
+over the entire set of visuals, additional rendering tests were run and
+presumably more of them crossed a screen boundary. This conclusion is
+supported by the fact that nearly all of the rendering errors reported
+are resolved when the tests are run individually and they do no cross a
+screen boundary.
+</para>
+
+<para>Further, when hardware rendering is disabled on the back-end displays,
+many of the errors in the third set are eliminated, leaving only:
+<literallayout>
+XClearArea: Test 8
+XCopyArea: Test 4, 5, 11, 14, 17, 23, 25, 27, 30
+XCopyPlane: Test 6, 7, 10, 19, 22, 31
+</literallayout>
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Conclusion</title>
+
+<para>We conclude that all of the X Test Suite errors reported for Xdmx are
+the result of errors in the back-end X server or the Xinerama
+implementation. Further, all of these errors that can be reasonably
+fixed at the Xdmx layer have been. (Where appropriate, we have
+submitted patches to the XFree86 and Xinerama upstream maintainers.)
+</para>
+</sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Dynamic Reconfiguration</title>
+
+<para>During this development phase, dynamic reconfiguration support was
+added to DMX. This support allows an application to change the position
+and offset of a back-end server's screen. For example, if the
+application would like to shift a screen slightly to the left, it could
+query Xdmx for the screen's &lt;x,y&gt; position and then dynamically
+reconfigure that screen to be at position &lt;x+10,y&gt;. When a screen
+is dynamically reconfigured, input handling and a screen's root window
+dimensions are adjusted as needed. These adjustments are transparent to
+the user.
+</para>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Dynamic reconfiguration extension</title>
+
+<para>The application interface to DMX's dynamic reconfiguration is through
+a function in the DMX extension library:
+<programlisting>
+Bool DMXReconfigureScreen(Display *dpy, int screen, int x, int y)
+</programlisting>
+where <parameter>dpy</parameter> is DMX server's display, <parameter>screen</parameter> is the number of the
+screen to be reconfigured, and <parameter>x</parameter> and <parameter>y</parameter> are the new upper,
+left-hand coordinates of the screen to be reconfigured.
+</para>
+
+<para>The coordinates are not limited other than as required by the X
+protocol, which limits all coordinates to a signed 16 bit number. In
+addition, all coordinates within a screen must also be legal values.
+Therefore, setting a screen's upper, left-hand coordinates such that the
+right or bottom edges of the screen is greater than 32,767 is illegal.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Bounding box</title>
+
+<para>When the Xdmx server is started, a bounding box is calculated from
+the screens' layout given either on the command line or in the
+configuration file. This bounding box is currently fixed for the
+lifetime of the Xdmx server.
+</para>
+
+<para>While it is possible to move a screen outside of the bounding box, it
+is currently not possible to change the dimensions of the bounding box.
+For example, it is possible to specify coordinates of &lt;-100,-100&gt;
+for the upper, left-hand corner of the bounding box, which was
+previously at coordinates &lt;0,0&gt;. As expected, the screen is moved
+down and to the right; however, since the bounding box is fixed, the
+left side and upper portions of the screen exposed by the
+reconfiguration are no longer accessible on that screen. Those
+inaccessible regions are filled with black.
+</para>
+
+<para>This fixed bounding box limitation will be addressed in a future
+development phase.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Sample applications</title>
+
+<para>An example of where this extension is useful is in setting up a video
+wall. It is not always possible to get everything perfectly aligned,
+and sometimes the positions are changed (e.g., someone might bump into a
+projector). Instead of physically moving projectors or monitors, it is
+now possible to adjust the positions of the back-end server's screens
+using the dynamic reconfiguration support in DMX.
+</para>
+
+<para>Other applications, such as automatic setup and calibration tools,
+can make use of dynamic reconfiguration to correct for projector
+alignment problems, as long as the projectors are still arranged
+rectilinearly. Horizontal and vertical keystone correction could be
+applied to projectors to correct for non-rectilinear alignment problems;
+however, this must be done external to Xdmx.
+</para>
+
+<para>A sample test program is included in the DMX server's examples
+directory to demonstrate the interface and how an application might use
+dynamic reconfiguration. See <filename>dmxreconfig.c</filename> for details.
+</para>
+</sect4>
+
+<sect4>
+<title>Additional notes</title>
+
+<para>In the original development plan, Phase IV was primarily devoted to
+adding OpenGL support to DMX; however, SGI became interested in the DMX
+project and developed code to support OpenGL/GLX. This code was later
+donated to the DMX project and integrated into the DMX code base, which
+freed the DMX developers to concentrate on dynamic reconfiguration (as
+described above).
+</para>
+</sect4>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Doxygen documentation</title>
+
+<para>Doxygen is an open-source (GPL) documentation system for generating
+browseable documentation from stylized comments in the source code. We
+have placed all of the Xdmx server and DMX protocol source code files
+under Doxygen so that comprehensive documentation for the Xdmx source
+code is available in an easily browseable format.
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>Valgrind</title>
+
+<para>Valgrind, an open-source (GPL) memory debugger for Linux, was used to
+search for memory management errors. Several memory leaks were detected
+and repaired. The following errors were not addressed:
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ When the X11 transport layer sends a reply to the client, only
+ those fields that are required by the protocol are filled in --
+ unused fields are left as uninitialized memory and are therefore
+ noted by valgrind. These instances are not errors and were not
+ repaired.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ At each server generation, glxInitVisuals allocates memory that
+ is never freed. The amount of memory lost each generation
+ approximately equal to 128 bytes for each back-end visual.
+ Because the code involved is automatically generated, this bug
+ has not been fixed and will be referred to SGI.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ At each server generation, dmxRealizeFont calls XLoadQueryFont,
+ which allocates a font structure that is not freed.
+ dmxUnrealizeFont can free the font structure for the first
+ screen, but cannot free it for the other screens since they are
+ already closed by the time dmxUnrealizeFont could free them.
+ The amount of memory lost each generation is approximately equal
+ to 80 bytes per font per back-end. When this bug is fixed in
+ the the X server's device-independent (dix) code, DMX will be
+ able to properly free the memory allocated by XLoadQueryFont.
+ </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+</sect3>
+
+<sect3>
+<title>RATS</title>
+
+<para>RATS (Rough Auditing Tool for Security) is an open-source (GPL)
+security analysis tool that scans source code for common
+security-related programming errors (e.g., buffer overflows and TOCTOU
+races). RATS was used to audit all of the code in the hw/dmx directory
+and all "High" notations were checked manually. The code was either
+re-written to eliminate the warning, or a comment containing "RATS" was
+inserted on the line to indicate that a human had checked the code.
+Unrepaired warnings are as follows:
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>
+ Fixed-size buffers are used in many areas, but code has been
+ added to protect against buffer overflows (e.g., snprintf).
+ The only instances that have not yet been fixed are in
+ config/xdmxconfig.c (which is not part of the Xdmx server) and
+ input/usb-common.c.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ vprintf and vfprintf are used in the logging routines. In
+ general, all uses of these functions (e.g., dmxLog) provide a
+ constant format string from a trusted source, so the use is
+ relatively benign.
+ </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>
+ glxProxy/glxscreens.c uses getenv and strcat. The use of these
+ functions is safe and will remain safe as long as
+ ExtensionsString is longer then GLXServerExtensions (ensuring
+ this may not be ovious to the casual programmer, but this is in
+ automatically generated code, so we hope that the generator
+ enforces this constraint).
+ </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+</para>
+
+</sect3>
+
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+</appendix>
+
+ </article>
+
+ <!-- Local Variables: -->
+ <!-- fill-column: 72 -->
+ <!-- End: -->
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/examples/dmxwininfo.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/examples/dmxwininfo.c
index 6cf1d411e..3d027d530 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/examples/dmxwininfo.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/examples/dmxwininfo.c
@@ -39,7 +39,6 @@
#include <string.h>
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xutil.h>
-#include <X11/Xmu/SysUtil.h>
#include <X11/extensions/dmxext.h>
static const char *FontName = "fixed";
@@ -80,7 +79,7 @@ EventLoop(Display *dpy, Window win, GC gc)
y += 20;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
char str[500];
- XmuSnprintf(str, sizeof(str),
+ snprintf(str, sizeof(str),
"screen %d: pos: %dx%d+%d+%d visible: %dx%d+%d+%d",
winInfo[i].screen,
winInfo[i].pos.width, winInfo[i].pos.height,
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
index f79264ea9..a76201da0 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxcmds.c
@@ -59,9 +59,6 @@
extern __GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
extern int __glXNumFBConfigs;
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid );
-extern __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen );
extern int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext );
extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
@@ -70,6 +67,44 @@ extern int __glXGetFBConfigsSGIX(__GLXclientState *cl, GLbyte *pc);
(x) - dmxScreen->glxErrorBase + __glXerrorBase \
: (x) )
+static __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
+ return __glXFBConfigs[j];
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )
+{
+ int i,j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid)
+ return __glXFBConfigs[j];
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static __GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )
+{
+ int i;
+ int j;
+
+ for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
+ if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
+ return __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1];
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+
+}
+
Display *GetBackEndDisplay( __GLXclientState *cl, int s )
{
if (! cl->be_displays[s] ) {
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
index df49fe50d..01e041c8f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxscreens.c
@@ -1,371 +1,332 @@
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-#include "dmxlog.h"
-
-#include "glxserver.h"
-
-#include <windowstr.h>
-
-#include "glxfbconfig.h"
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-#endif
-
-__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
-GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
-
-__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
-int __glXNumFBConfigs;
-
-static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";
-static char GLXServerVersion[64];
-static char GLXServerExtensions[] =
- "GLX_EXT_visual_info "
- "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "
- "GLX_EXT_import_context "
- "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "
- "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "
- "GLX_SGI_swap_control "
- ;
-
-static char ExtensionsString[1024];
-
-static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )
-{
- int s;
- xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;
- xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
- char **be_extensions;
- char *ext;
- char *denied_extensions;
-
- /*
- * set the server glx version to be the minimum version
- * supported by all back-end servers
- */
- __glXVersionMajor = 0;
- __glXVersionMinor = 0;
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
-
- /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;
- req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
- req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
-
- if (s == 0) {
- __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- else {
- if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {
- __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&
- (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
- __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
- }
- }
-
- }
-
- if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {
- __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
- __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- }
- else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&
- (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
- __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
- }
-
- sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",
- __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );
- /*
- * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string
- */
- ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';
-
- /*
- * read extensions strings of all back-end servers
- */
- be_extensions = (char **)malloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );
- if (!be_extensions)
- return;
-
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
- Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;
- xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
- int length, numbytes, slop;
-
- /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
- LockDisplay(dpy);
- GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);
- req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
- req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
- req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
- req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;
- _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
-
- length = (int)reply.length;
- numbytes = (int)reply.n;
- slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
- be_extensions[s] = (char *)malloc(numbytes);
- if (!be_extensions[s]) {
- /* Throw data on the floor */
- _XEatData(dpy, length);
- } else {
- _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);
- if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
- }
- UnlockDisplay(dpy);
- SyncHandle();
- }
-
- /*
- * extensions string will include only extensions that our
- * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.
- * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will
- * not be supported.
- */
- denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");
- ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");
- while( ext ) {
- int supported = 1;
-
- if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {
- supported = 0;
- }
- else {
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {
- if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {
- supported = 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (supported) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);
- strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");
- }
-
- ext = strtok(NULL, " ");
- }
-
- /*
- * release temporary storage
- */
- for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
- free(be_extensions[s]);
- }
- free( be_extensions );
-
- if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {
- if (!denied_extensions ||
- !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");
- if (!denied_extensions ||
- !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {
- strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");
- }
- }
- }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)
-{
- int s;
- int c;
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];
- __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;
-
-
- CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();
-
-
- __glXFBConfigs = NULL;
- __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-
- if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||
- (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||
- ( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") ) ) {
-
- /*
- // Initialize FBConfig info.
- // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end
- // servers - only those configs will be supported
- */
- __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)malloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs *
- (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );
- __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
-
- for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) {
- __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;
-
- if (numscreens > 1) {
- for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {
- DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
-
- cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],
- dmxScreen->fbconfigs,
- dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;
- if (!cfg) {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);
- break;
- }
- else {
- dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to 0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);
- }
- }
- }
- else {
- cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
- }
-
- if (cfg) {
-
- /* filter out overlay visuals */
- if (cfg->level == 0) {
- __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;
-
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] =
- &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
-
- proxy_cfg = malloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
- memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
- proxy_cfg->id = FakeClientID(0);
- /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */
- proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId = (unsigned int)-1;
-
- __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;
-
- __glXNumFBConfigs++;
- }
-
- }
-
- }
-
- }
-
-}
-
-void __glXScreenReset(void)
-{
- __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;
-}
-
-char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name )
-{
- char *ret = NULL;
-
- switch( name) {
-
- case GLX_VENDOR:
- ret = GLXServerVendorName;
- break;
-
- case GLX_VERSION:
- ret = GLXServerVersion;
- break;
-
- case GLX_EXTENSIONS:
- ret = ExtensionsString;
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- return ret;
-
-}
-
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id )
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
- return __glXFBConfigs[j];
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupFBConfigByVID( VisualID vid )
-{
- int i,j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->associatedVisualId == vid)
- return __glXFBConfigs[j];
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-__GLXFBConfig *glxLookupBackEndFBConfig( GLXFBConfigID id, int screen )
-{
- int i;
- int j;
-
- for (i=0, j=0; i<__glXNumFBConfigs; i++,j+=(__glXNumActiveScreens+1) ) {
- if ( __glXFBConfigs[j]->id == id)
- return __glXFBConfigs[j+screen+1];
- }
-
- return NULL;
-
-}
-
-int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )
-{
- return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );
-}
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+#include "dmxlog.h"
+
+#include "glxserver.h"
+
+#include <windowstr.h>
+
+#include "glxfbconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+#endif
+
+__GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
+GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
+
+__GLXFBConfig **__glXFBConfigs;
+int __glXNumFBConfigs;
+
+static char GLXServerVendorName[] = "SGI DMX/glxProxy";
+static char GLXServerVersion[64];
+static char GLXServerExtensions[] =
+ "GLX_EXT_visual_info "
+ "GLX_EXT_visual_rating "
+ "GLX_EXT_import_context "
+ "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig "
+ "GLX_SGI_make_current_read "
+ "GLX_SGI_swap_control "
+ ;
+
+static char ExtensionsString[1024];
+
+static void CalcServerVersionAndExtensions( void )
+{
+ int s;
+ xGLXQueryVersionReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryVersionReply reply;
+ char **be_extensions;
+ char *ext;
+ char *denied_extensions;
+
+ /*
+ * set the server glx version to be the minimum version
+ * supported by all back-end servers
+ */
+ __glXVersionMajor = 0;
+ __glXVersionMinor = 0;
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryVersion request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryVersion,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryVersion;
+ req->majorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ req->minorVersion = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+
+ if (s == 0) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ else {
+ if (reply.majorVersion < __glXVersionMajor) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = reply.majorVersion;
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ else if ( (reply.majorVersion == __glXVersionMajor) &&
+ (reply.minorVersion < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
+ __glXVersionMinor = reply.minorVersion;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ if (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMajor) {
+ __glXVersionMajor = GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ }
+ else if ( (GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION == __glXVersionMajor) &&
+ (GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION < __glXVersionMinor) ) {
+ __glXVersionMinor = GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ }
+
+ sprintf(GLXServerVersion, "%d.%d DMX %d back-end server(s)",
+ __glXVersionMajor, __glXVersionMinor, __glXNumActiveScreens );
+ /*
+ * set the ExtensionsString to the minimum extensions string
+ */
+ ExtensionsString[0] = '\0';
+
+ /*
+ * read extensions strings of all back-end servers
+ */
+ be_extensions = (char **)malloc( __glXNumActiveScreens * sizeof(char *) );
+ if (!be_extensions)
+ return;
+
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+ Display *dpy = dmxScreen->beDisplay;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReq *req;
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReply reply;
+ int length, numbytes, slop;
+
+ /* Send the glXQueryServerString request */
+ LockDisplay(dpy);
+ GetReq(GLXQueryServerString,req);
+ req->reqType = dmxScreen->glxMajorOpcode;
+ req->glxCode = X_GLXQueryServerString;
+ req->screen = DefaultScreen(dpy);
+ req->name = GLX_EXTENSIONS;
+ _XReply(dpy, (xReply*) &reply, 0, False);
+
+ length = (int)reply.length;
+ numbytes = (int)reply.n;
+ slop = numbytes * __GLX_SIZE_INT8 & 3;
+ be_extensions[s] = (char *)malloc(numbytes);
+ if (!be_extensions[s]) {
+ /* Throw data on the floor */
+ _XEatData(dpy, length);
+ } else {
+ _XRead(dpy, (char *)be_extensions[s], numbytes);
+ if (slop) _XEatData(dpy,4-slop);
+ }
+ UnlockDisplay(dpy);
+ SyncHandle();
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * extensions string will include only extensions that our
+ * server supports as well as all back-end servers supports.
+ * extensions that are in the DMX_DENY_EXTENSIONS string will
+ * not be supported.
+ */
+ denied_extensions = getenv("DMX_DENY_GLX_EXTENSIONS");
+ ext = strtok(GLXServerExtensions, " ");
+ while( ext ) {
+ int supported = 1;
+
+ if (denied_extensions && strstr(denied_extensions, ext)) {
+ supported = 0;
+ }
+ else {
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens && supported; s++) {
+ if ( !strstr(be_extensions[s], ext) ) {
+ supported = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (supported) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, ext);
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, " ");
+ }
+
+ ext = strtok(NULL, " ");
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * release temporary storage
+ */
+ for (s=0; s<__glXNumActiveScreens; s++) {
+ free(be_extensions[s]);
+ }
+ free( be_extensions );
+
+ if (dmxGLXSwapGroupSupport) {
+ if (!denied_extensions ||
+ !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group")) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_swap_group");
+ if (!denied_extensions ||
+ !strstr(denied_extensions, "GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier")) {
+ strcat(ExtensionsString, " GLX_SGIX_swap_barrier");
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+}
+
+void __glXScreenInit(GLint numscreens)
+{
+ int s;
+ int c;
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen0 = &dmxScreens[0];
+ __glXNumActiveScreens = numscreens;
+
+
+ CalcServerVersionAndExtensions();
+
+
+ __glXFBConfigs = NULL;
+ __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
+
+ if ( (__glXVersionMajor == 1 && __glXVersionMinor >= 3) ||
+ (__glXVersionMajor > 1) ||
+ ( strstr(ExtensionsString, "GLX_SGIX_fbconfig") ) ) {
+
+ /*
+ // Initialize FBConfig info.
+ // find the set of FBConfigs that are present on all back-end
+ // servers - only those configs will be supported
+ */
+ __glXFBConfigs = (__GLXFBConfig **)malloc( dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs *
+ (numscreens+1) * sizeof(__GLXFBConfig *) );
+ __glXNumFBConfigs = 0;
+
+ for (c=0; c<dmxScreen0->numFBConfigs; c++) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *cfg = NULL;
+
+ if (numscreens > 1) {
+ for (s=1; s<numscreens; s++) {
+ DMXScreenInfo *dmxScreen = &dmxScreens[s];
+
+ cfg = FindMatchingFBConfig( &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c],
+ dmxScreen->fbconfigs,
+ dmxScreen->numFBConfigs );
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + s + 1 ] = cfg;
+ if (!cfg) {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x is missing on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, s);
+ break;
+ }
+ else {
+ dmxLog(dmxInfo,"screen0 FBConfig 0x%x matched to 0x%x on screen#%d\n", dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c].id, cfg->id, s);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else {
+ cfg = &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
+ }
+
+ if (cfg) {
+
+ /* filter out overlay visuals */
+ if (cfg->level == 0) {
+ __GLXFBConfig *proxy_cfg;
+
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 1 ] =
+ &dmxScreen0->fbconfigs[c];
+
+ proxy_cfg = malloc( sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
+ memcpy( proxy_cfg, cfg, sizeof(__GLXFBConfig) );
+ proxy_cfg->id = FakeClientID(0);
+ /* visual will be associated later in __glXGetFBConfigs */
+ proxy_cfg->associatedVisualId = (unsigned int)-1;
+
+ __glXFBConfigs[ __glXNumFBConfigs * (numscreens+1) + 0 ] = proxy_cfg;
+
+ __glXNumFBConfigs++;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ }
+
+}
+
+void __glXScreenReset(void)
+{
+ __glXNumActiveScreens = 0;
+}
+
+char *__glXGetServerString( unsigned int name )
+{
+ char *ret = NULL;
+
+ switch( name) {
+
+ case GLX_VENDOR:
+ ret = GLXServerVendorName;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_VERSION:
+ ret = GLXServerVersion;
+ break;
+
+ case GLX_EXTENSIONS:
+ ret = ExtensionsString;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+
+}
+
+int glxIsExtensionSupported( char *ext )
+{
+ return( strstr(ExtensionsString, ext) != NULL );
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxserver.h b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxserver.h
index b2be58219..03e95b865 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxserver.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/glxserver.h
@@ -1,309 +1,303 @@
-#ifndef _GLX_server_h_
-#define _GLX_server_h_
-
-/*
- * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
- * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
- * either this permission notice or a reference to
- * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
- * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
- * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
- * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
- * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
- * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
- */
-
-#include "dmx.h"
-
-#include <misc.h>
-#include <dixstruct.h>
-#include <pixmapstr.h>
-#include <gcstruct.h>
-#include <extnsionst.h>
-#include <resource.h>
-#include <scrnintstr.h>
-
-
-/*
-** The X header misc.h defines these math functions.
-*/
-#undef abs
-#undef fabs
-
-#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES /* we want prototypes */
-#include <GL/gl.h>
-#include <GL/glxproto.h>
-#include <GL/glxint.h>
-
-#include "glxscreens.h"
-#include "glxdrawable.h"
-#include "glxcontext.h"
-#include "glxerror.h"
-
-
-#define GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION 1
-#define GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION 3
-
-#ifndef True
-#define True 1
-#endif
-#ifndef False
-#define False 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** GLX resources.
-typedef XID GLXContextID;
-typedef XID GLXPixmap;
-typedef XID GLXDrawable;
-typedef XID GLXWindow;
-typedef XID GLXPbuffer;
-
-typedef struct __GLXcontextRec *GLXContext;
-*/
-typedef struct __GLXclientStateRec __GLXclientState;
-
-extern __GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
-extern GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** The last context used (from the server's persective) is cached.
-*/
-extern __GLXcontext *__glXLastContext;
-extern __GLXcontext *__glXForceCurrent(__GLXclientState*, GLXContextTag, int*);
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-typedef struct {
- int elem_size; /* element size in bytes */
- int nelems; /* number of elements to swap */
- void (*swapfunc)(GLbyte *pc);
-} __GLXRenderSwapInfo;
-
-/*
-** State kept per client.
-*/
-struct __GLXclientStateRec {
- /*
- ** Whether this structure is currently being used to support a client.
- */
- Bool inUse;
-
- /*
- ** Buffer for returned data.
- */
- GLbyte *returnBuf;
- GLint returnBufSize;
-
- /*
- ** Keep a list of all the contexts that are current for this client's
- ** threads.
- */
- __GLXcontext **currentContexts;
- DrawablePtr *currentDrawables;
- GLint numCurrentContexts;
-
- /* Back pointer to X client record */
- ClientPtr client;
-
- int GLClientmajorVersion;
- int GLClientminorVersion;
- char *GLClientextensions;
-
- GLXContextTag *be_currentCTag;
- Display **be_displays;
-
- /*
- ** Keep track of large rendering commands, which span multiple requests.
- */
- GLint largeCmdBytesSoFar; /* bytes received so far */
- GLint largeCmdBytesTotal; /* total bytes expected */
- GLint largeCmdRequestsSoFar; /* requests received so far */
- GLint largeCmdRequestsTotal; /* total requests expected */
- void (*largeCmdRequestsSwapProc)(GLbyte *);
- __GLXRenderSwapInfo *largeCmdRequestsSwap_info;
- GLbyte *largeCmdBuf;
- GLint largeCmdBufSize;
- GLint largeCmdMaxReqDataSize;
-
-};
-
-extern __GLXclientState *__glXClients[];
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Dispatch tables.
-*/
-typedef void (*__GLXdispatchRenderProcPtr)(GLbyte *);
-typedef int (*__GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr)(__GLXclientState *, GLbyte *);
-typedef int (*__GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr)(__GLXclientState *, GLbyte *);
-extern __GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr __glXSingleTable[];
-extern __GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr __glXVendorPrivTable_EXT[];
-extern __GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr __glXSwapSingleTable[];
-extern __GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr __glXSwapVendorPrivTable_EXT[];
-extern __GLXdispatchRenderProcPtr __glXSwapRenderTable[];
-
-extern __GLXRenderSwapInfo __glXSwapRenderTable_EXT[];
-
-/*
- * Dispatch for GLX commands.
- */
-typedef int (*__GLXprocPtr)(__GLXclientState *, char *pc);
-extern __GLXprocPtr __glXProcTable[];
-
-/*
- * Tables for computing the size of each rendering command.
- */
-typedef struct {
- int bytes;
- int (*varsize)(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-} __GLXrenderSizeData;
-extern __GLXrenderSizeData __glXRenderSizeTable[];
-extern __GLXrenderSizeData __glXRenderSizeTable_EXT[];
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** X resources.
-*/
-extern RESTYPE __glXContextRes;
-extern RESTYPE __glXClientRes;
-extern RESTYPE __glXPixmapRes;
-extern RESTYPE __glXDrawableRes;
-extern RESTYPE __glXWindowRes;
-extern RESTYPE __glXPbufferRes;
-
-/************************************************************************/
-
-/*
-** Prototypes.
-*/
-
-
-extern char *__glXcombine_strings(const char *, const char *);
-
-extern void __glXDisp_DrawArrays(GLbyte*);
-extern void __glXDispSwap_DrawArrays(GLbyte*);
-
-
-/*
-** Routines for sending swapped replies.
-*/
-
-extern void __glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply *reply);
-
-extern void __glXSwapIsDirectReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXIsDirectReply *reply);
-extern void __glXSwapQueryVersionReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryVersionReply *reply);
-extern void __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply *reply,
- int *buf);
-extern void glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply *reply, char *buf);
-extern void glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryServerStringReply *reply, char *buf);
-extern void __glXSwapQueryContextReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryContextReply *reply, int *buf);
-extern void __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply *reply, int *buf);
-extern void __glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(ClientPtr client,
- xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply *reply);
-
-/*
- * Routines for computing the size of variably-sized rendering commands.
- */
-
-extern int __glXTypeSize(GLenum enm);
-extern int __glXImageSize(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei w, GLsizei h,
- GLint rowLength, GLint skipRows, GLint alignment);
-extern int __glXImage3DSize(GLenum format, GLenum type,
- GLsizei w, GLsizei h, GLsizei d,
- GLint imageHeight, GLint rowLength,
- GLint skipImages, GLint skipRows,
- GLint alignment);
-
-extern int __glXCallListsReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXBitmapReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXFogfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXFogivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXLightfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXLightivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXLightModelfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXLightModelivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMaterialfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMaterialivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexImage1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexImage2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexEnvfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexEnvivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexGendvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexGenfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexGenivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMap1dReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMap1fReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMap2dReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXMap2fReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXPixelMapfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXPixelMapuivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXPixelMapusvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXDrawPixelsReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXDrawArraysSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXPrioritizeTexturesReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexSubImage1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexSubImage2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXTexImage3DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap );
-extern int __glXTexSubImage3DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXConvolutionFilter1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXConvolutionFilter2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXConvolutionParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXConvolutionParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXSeparableFilter2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXColorTableReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXColorSubTableReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXColorTableParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-extern int __glXColorTableParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
-
-/*
- * Routines for computing the size of returned data.
- */
-extern int __glXConvolutionParameterivSize(GLenum pname);
-extern int __glXConvolutionParameterfvSize(GLenum pname);
-extern int __glXColorTableParameterfvSize(GLenum pname);
-extern int __glXColorTableParameterivSize(GLenum pname);
-
-extern void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow);
-extern void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer);
-
-extern int __glXVersionMajor;
-extern int __glXVersionMinor;
-
-#define __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(major,minor) \
- ( (__glXVersionMajor > (major)) || \
- ((__glXVersionMajor == (major)) && (__glXVersionMinor >= (minor))) )
-
-#endif /* !__GLX_server_h__ */
+#ifndef _GLX_server_h_
+#define _GLX_server_h_
+
+/*
+ * SGI FREE SOFTWARE LICENSE B (Version 2.0, Sept. 18, 2008)
+ * Copyright (C) 1991-2000 Silicon Graphics, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice including the dates of first publication and
+ * either this permission notice or a reference to
+ * http://oss.sgi.com/projects/FreeB/
+ * shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * SILICON GRAPHICS, INC. BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ * shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+ * other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization from
+ * Silicon Graphics, Inc.
+ */
+
+#include "dmx.h"
+
+#include <misc.h>
+#include <dixstruct.h>
+#include <pixmapstr.h>
+#include <gcstruct.h>
+#include <extnsionst.h>
+#include <resource.h>
+#include <scrnintstr.h>
+
+
+#define GL_GLEXT_PROTOTYPES /* we want prototypes */
+#include <GL/gl.h>
+#include <GL/glxproto.h>
+#include <GL/glxint.h>
+
+#include "glxscreens.h"
+#include "glxdrawable.h"
+#include "glxcontext.h"
+#include "glxerror.h"
+
+
+#define GLX_SERVER_MAJOR_VERSION 1
+#define GLX_SERVER_MINOR_VERSION 3
+
+#ifndef True
+#define True 1
+#endif
+#ifndef False
+#define False 0
+#endif
+
+/*
+** GLX resources.
+typedef XID GLXContextID;
+typedef XID GLXPixmap;
+typedef XID GLXDrawable;
+typedef XID GLXWindow;
+typedef XID GLXPbuffer;
+
+typedef struct __GLXcontextRec *GLXContext;
+*/
+typedef struct __GLXclientStateRec __GLXclientState;
+
+extern __GLXscreenInfo *__glXActiveScreens;
+extern GLint __glXNumActiveScreens;
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** The last context used (from the server's persective) is cached.
+*/
+extern __GLXcontext *__glXLastContext;
+extern __GLXcontext *__glXForceCurrent(__GLXclientState*, GLXContextTag, int*);
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+typedef struct {
+ int elem_size; /* element size in bytes */
+ int nelems; /* number of elements to swap */
+ void (*swapfunc)(GLbyte *pc);
+} __GLXRenderSwapInfo;
+
+/*
+** State kept per client.
+*/
+struct __GLXclientStateRec {
+ /*
+ ** Whether this structure is currently being used to support a client.
+ */
+ Bool inUse;
+
+ /*
+ ** Buffer for returned data.
+ */
+ GLbyte *returnBuf;
+ GLint returnBufSize;
+
+ /*
+ ** Keep a list of all the contexts that are current for this client's
+ ** threads.
+ */
+ __GLXcontext **currentContexts;
+ DrawablePtr *currentDrawables;
+ GLint numCurrentContexts;
+
+ /* Back pointer to X client record */
+ ClientPtr client;
+
+ int GLClientmajorVersion;
+ int GLClientminorVersion;
+ char *GLClientextensions;
+
+ GLXContextTag *be_currentCTag;
+ Display **be_displays;
+
+ /*
+ ** Keep track of large rendering commands, which span multiple requests.
+ */
+ GLint largeCmdBytesSoFar; /* bytes received so far */
+ GLint largeCmdBytesTotal; /* total bytes expected */
+ GLint largeCmdRequestsSoFar; /* requests received so far */
+ GLint largeCmdRequestsTotal; /* total requests expected */
+ void (*largeCmdRequestsSwapProc)(GLbyte *);
+ __GLXRenderSwapInfo *largeCmdRequestsSwap_info;
+ GLbyte *largeCmdBuf;
+ GLint largeCmdBufSize;
+ GLint largeCmdMaxReqDataSize;
+
+};
+
+extern __GLXclientState *__glXClients[];
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Dispatch tables.
+*/
+typedef void (*__GLXdispatchRenderProcPtr)(GLbyte *);
+typedef int (*__GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr)(__GLXclientState *, GLbyte *);
+typedef int (*__GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr)(__GLXclientState *, GLbyte *);
+extern __GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr __glXSingleTable[];
+extern __GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr __glXVendorPrivTable_EXT[];
+extern __GLXdispatchSingleProcPtr __glXSwapSingleTable[];
+extern __GLXdispatchVendorPrivProcPtr __glXSwapVendorPrivTable_EXT[];
+extern __GLXdispatchRenderProcPtr __glXSwapRenderTable[];
+
+extern __GLXRenderSwapInfo __glXSwapRenderTable_EXT[];
+
+/*
+ * Dispatch for GLX commands.
+ */
+typedef int (*__GLXprocPtr)(__GLXclientState *, char *pc);
+extern __GLXprocPtr __glXProcTable[];
+
+/*
+ * Tables for computing the size of each rendering command.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ int bytes;
+ int (*varsize)(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+} __GLXrenderSizeData;
+extern __GLXrenderSizeData __glXRenderSizeTable[];
+extern __GLXrenderSizeData __glXRenderSizeTable_EXT[];
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** X resources.
+*/
+extern RESTYPE __glXContextRes;
+extern RESTYPE __glXClientRes;
+extern RESTYPE __glXPixmapRes;
+extern RESTYPE __glXDrawableRes;
+extern RESTYPE __glXWindowRes;
+extern RESTYPE __glXPbufferRes;
+
+/************************************************************************/
+
+/*
+** Prototypes.
+*/
+
+
+extern char *__glXcombine_strings(const char *, const char *);
+
+extern void __glXDisp_DrawArrays(GLbyte*);
+extern void __glXDispSwap_DrawArrays(GLbyte*);
+
+
+/*
+** Routines for sending swapped replies.
+*/
+
+extern void __glXSwapMakeCurrentReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXMakeCurrentReadSGIReply *reply);
+
+extern void __glXSwapIsDirectReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXIsDirectReply *reply);
+extern void __glXSwapQueryVersionReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryVersionReply *reply);
+extern void __glXSwapQueryContextInfoEXTReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryContextInfoEXTReply *reply,
+ int *buf);
+extern void glxSwapQueryExtensionsStringReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryExtensionsStringReply *reply, char *buf);
+extern void glxSwapQueryServerStringReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryServerStringReply *reply, char *buf);
+extern void __glXSwapQueryContextReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryContextReply *reply, int *buf);
+extern void __glXSwapGetDrawableAttributesReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXGetDrawableAttributesReply *reply, int *buf);
+extern void __glXSwapQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply(ClientPtr client,
+ xGLXQueryMaxSwapBarriersSGIXReply *reply);
+
+/*
+ * Routines for computing the size of variably-sized rendering commands.
+ */
+
+extern int __glXTypeSize(GLenum enm);
+extern int __glXImageSize(GLenum format, GLenum type, GLsizei w, GLsizei h,
+ GLint rowLength, GLint skipRows, GLint alignment);
+extern int __glXImage3DSize(GLenum format, GLenum type,
+ GLsizei w, GLsizei h, GLsizei d,
+ GLint imageHeight, GLint rowLength,
+ GLint skipImages, GLint skipRows,
+ GLint alignment);
+
+extern int __glXCallListsReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXBitmapReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXFogfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXFogivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXLightfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXLightivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXLightModelfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXLightModelivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMaterialfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMaterialivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexImage1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexImage2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexEnvfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexEnvivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexGendvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexGenfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexGenivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMap1dReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMap1fReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMap2dReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXMap2fReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXPixelMapfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXPixelMapuivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXPixelMapusvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXDrawPixelsReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXDrawArraysSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXPrioritizeTexturesReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexSubImage1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexSubImage2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXTexImage3DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap );
+extern int __glXTexSubImage3DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXConvolutionFilter1DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXConvolutionFilter2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXConvolutionParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXConvolutionParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXSeparableFilter2DReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXColorTableReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXColorSubTableReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXColorTableParameterfvReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+extern int __glXColorTableParameterivReqSize(GLbyte *pc, Bool swap);
+
+/*
+ * Routines for computing the size of returned data.
+ */
+extern int __glXConvolutionParameterivSize(GLenum pname);
+extern int __glXConvolutionParameterfvSize(GLenum pname);
+extern int __glXColorTableParameterfvSize(GLenum pname);
+extern int __glXColorTableParameterivSize(GLenum pname);
+
+extern void __glXFreeGLXWindow(__glXWindow *pGlxWindow);
+extern void __glXFreeGLXPbuffer(__glXPbuffer *pGlxPbuffer);
+
+extern int __glXVersionMajor;
+extern int __glXVersionMinor;
+
+#define __GLX_IS_VERSION_SUPPORTED(major,minor) \
+ ( (__glXVersionMajor > (major)) || \
+ ((__glXVersionMajor == (major)) && (__glXVersionMinor >= (minor))) )
+
+#endif /* !__GLX_server_h__ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/render2swap.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/render2swap.c
index 81bb501ea..da9b565de 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/render2swap.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/glxProxy/render2swap.c
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#include "unpack.h"
#include "g_disptab.h"
-GLint __glEvalComputeK(GLenum target)
+static GLint __glEvalComputeK(GLenum target)
{
switch (target) {
case GL_MAP1_VERTEX_4:
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
index 1b067c725..16ecae38d 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/dmxinputinit.c
@@ -671,9 +671,9 @@ static char *dmxMakeUniqueDeviceName(DMXLocalInputInfoPtr dmxLocal)
}
switch (dmxLocal->type) {
- case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;
- case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++); break;
- default: XmuSnprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++); break;
+ case DMX_LOCAL_KEYBOARD: snprintf(buf, LEN, "Keyboard%d", k++); break;
+ case DMX_LOCAL_MOUSE: snprintf(buf, LEN, "Mouse%d", m++); break;
+ default: snprintf(buf, LEN, "Other%d", o++); break;
}
return buf;
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
index 269e84435..06e9ec722 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/lnx-keyboard.c
@@ -1,990 +1,990 @@
-/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
- *
- * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
- * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
- * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
- * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
- * Orest Zborowski.
- *
- * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
- * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- **********************************************************************
- *
- * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c
- *
- * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>
- * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
- * the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski
- * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this
- * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
- * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
- * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
- * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux
- * keyboard. The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest
- * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete
- * references). */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "dmxinputinit.h"
-#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
-
-#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
- = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr
-#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
-#define MESSAGE "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."
-#define FINALMESSAGE "\033cDMX terminated."
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include <X11/Xos.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-#include <sys/vt.h>
-#include <sys/kd.h>
-#include <termios.h>
-#include "atKeynames.h"
-#if 00
-#include "xf86Keymap.h"
-#endif
-#include <linux/keyboard.h>
-#include <xkbsrv.h>
-
-#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))
-#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
-
-
-/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */
-typedef struct _myPrivate {
- int fd;
- int vtno;
- int vtcurrent;
- int kbdtrans;
- struct termios kbdtty;
- int kbdType;
- CARD32 kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];
- DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard;
- unsigned char prefix;
-
- int switched;
- SWITCHRETPROC switch_return;
- void *switch_return_data;
-
- /* For bell */
- int pitch;
- unsigned long duration;
-} myPrivate;
-
-static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;
-
-#undef SYSCALL
-#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
-
-static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
- return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
-{
- CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
- CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
-
- if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
- if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
- else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
-}
-
-static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, XK_Linefeed, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_space, XK_exclam, XK_quotedbl, XK_numbersign,
- XK_dollar, XK_percent, XK_ampersand, XK_apostrophe,
- XK_parenleft, XK_parenright, XK_asterisk, XK_plus,
- XK_comma, XK_minus, XK_period, XK_slash,
- XK_0, XK_1, XK_2, XK_3,
- XK_4, XK_5, XK_6, XK_7,
- XK_8, XK_9, XK_colon, XK_semicolon,
- XK_less, XK_equal, XK_greater, XK_question,
- XK_at, XK_A, XK_B, XK_C,
- XK_D, XK_E, XK_F, XK_G,
- XK_H, XK_I, XK_J, XK_K,
- XK_L, XK_M, XK_N, XK_O,
- XK_P, XK_Q, XK_R, XK_S,
- XK_T, XK_U, XK_V, XK_W,
- XK_X, XK_Y, XK_Z, XK_bracketleft,
- XK_backslash, XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum, XK_underscore,
- XK_grave, XK_a, XK_b, XK_c,
- XK_d, XK_e, XK_f, XK_g,
- XK_h, XK_i, XK_j, XK_k,
- XK_l, XK_m, XK_n, XK_o,
- XK_p, XK_q, XK_r, XK_s,
- XK_t, XK_u, XK_v, XK_w,
- XK_x, XK_y, XK_z, XK_braceleft,
- XK_bar, XK_braceright, XK_asciitilde, XK_BackSpace,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
- XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown, XK_cent, XK_sterling,
- XK_currency, XK_yen, XK_brokenbar, XK_section,
- XK_diaeresis, XK_copyright, XK_ordfeminine, XK_guillemotleft,
- XK_notsign, XK_hyphen, XK_registered, XK_macron,
- XK_degree, XK_plusminus, XK_twosuperior, XK_threesuperior,
- XK_acute, XK_mu, XK_paragraph, XK_periodcentered,
- XK_cedilla, XK_onesuperior, XK_masculine, XK_guillemotright,
- XK_onequarter, XK_onehalf, XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,
- XK_Agrave, XK_Aacute, XK_Acircumflex, XK_Atilde,
- XK_Adiaeresis, XK_Aring, XK_AE, XK_Ccedilla,
- XK_Egrave, XK_Eacute, XK_Ecircumflex, XK_Ediaeresis,
- XK_Igrave, XK_Iacute, XK_Icircumflex, XK_Idiaeresis,
- XK_ETH, XK_Ntilde, XK_Ograve, XK_Oacute,
- XK_Ocircumflex, XK_Otilde, XK_Odiaeresis, XK_multiply,
- XK_Ooblique, XK_Ugrave, XK_Uacute, XK_Ucircumflex,
- XK_Udiaeresis, XK_Yacute, XK_THORN, XK_ssharp,
- XK_agrave, XK_aacute, XK_acircumflex, XK_atilde,
- XK_adiaeresis, XK_aring, XK_ae, XK_ccedilla,
- XK_egrave, XK_eacute, XK_ecircumflex, XK_ediaeresis,
- XK_igrave, XK_iacute, XK_icircumflex, XK_idiaeresis,
- XK_eth, XK_ntilde, XK_ograve, XK_oacute,
- XK_ocircumflex, XK_otilde, XK_odiaeresis, XK_division,
- XK_oslash, XK_ugrave, XK_uacute, XK_ucircumflex,
- XK_udiaeresis, XK_yacute, XK_thorn, XK_ydiaeresis
-};
-
-/*
- * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes
- */
-static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =
-{
- 0x01, /* KEY_Escape */ 0x02, /* KEY_1 */
- 0x03, /* KEY_2 */ 0x04, /* KEY_3 */
- 0x05, /* KEY_4 */ 0x06, /* KEY_5 */
- 0x07, /* KEY_6 */ 0x08, /* KEY_7 */
- 0x09, /* KEY_8 */ 0x0a, /* KEY_9 */
- 0x0b, /* KEY_0 */ 0x0c, /* KEY_Minus */
- 0x0d, /* KEY_Equal */ 0x0e, /* KEY_BackSpace */
- 0x0f, /* KEY_Tab */ 0x10, /* KEY_Q */
- 0x11, /* KEY_W */ 0x12, /* KEY_E */
- 0x13, /* KEY_R */ 0x14, /* KEY_T */
- 0x15, /* KEY_Y */ 0x16, /* KEY_U */
- 0x17, /* KEY_I */ 0x18, /* KEY_O */
- 0x19, /* KEY_P */ 0x1a, /* KEY_LBrace */
- 0x1b, /* KEY_RBrace */ 0x1c, /* KEY_Enter */
- 0x1d, /* KEY_LCtrl */ 0x1e, /* KEY_A */
- 0x1f, /* KEY_S */ 0x20, /* KEY_D */
- 0x21, /* KEY_F */ 0x22, /* KEY_G */
- 0x23, /* KEY_H */ 0x24, /* KEY_J */
- 0x25, /* KEY_K */ 0x26, /* KEY_L */
- 0x27, /* KEY_SemiColon */ 0x28, /* KEY_Quote */
- 0x29, /* KEY_Tilde */ 0x2a, /* KEY_ShiftL */
- 0x2b, /* KEY_BSlash */ 0x2c, /* KEY_Z */
- 0x2d, /* KEY_X */ 0x2e, /* KEY_C */
- 0x2f, /* KEY_V */ 0x30, /* KEY_B */
- 0x31, /* KEY_N */ 0x32, /* KEY_M */
- 0x33, /* KEY_Comma */ 0x34, /* KEY_Period */
- 0x35, /* KEY_Slash */ 0x36, /* KEY_ShiftR */
- 0x37, /* KEY_KP_Multiply */ 0x38, /* KEY_Alt */
- 0x39, /* KEY_Space */ 0x3a, /* KEY_CapsLock */
- 0x3b, /* KEY_F1 */ 0x3c, /* KEY_F2 */
- 0x3d, /* KEY_F3 */ 0x3e, /* KEY_F4 */
- 0x3f, /* KEY_F5 */ 0x40, /* KEY_F6 */
- 0x41, /* KEY_F7 */ 0x42, /* KEY_F8 */
- 0x43, /* KEY_F9 */ 0x44, /* KEY_F10 */
- 0x45, /* KEY_NumLock */ 0x46, /* KEY_ScrollLock */
- 0x47, /* KEY_KP_7 */ 0x48, /* KEY_KP_8 */
- 0x49, /* KEY_KP_9 */ 0x4a, /* KEY_KP_Minus */
- 0x4b, /* KEY_KP_4 */ 0x4c, /* KEY_KP_5 */
- 0x4d, /* KEY_KP_6 */ 0x4e, /* KEY_KP_Plus */
- 0x4f, /* KEY_KP_1 */ 0x50, /* KEY_KP_2 */
- 0x51, /* KEY_KP_3 */ 0x52, /* KEY_KP_0 */
- 0x53, /* KEY_KP_Decimal */ 0x54, /* KEY_SysReqest */
- 0x00, /* 0x55 */ 0x56, /* KEY_Less */
- 0x57, /* KEY_F11 */ 0x58, /* KEY_F12 */
- 0x66, /* KEY_Home */ 0x67, /* KEY_Up */
- 0x68, /* KEY_PgUp */ 0x69, /* KEY_Left */
- 0x5d, /* KEY_Begin */ 0x6a, /* KEY_Right */
- 0x6b, /* KEY_End */ 0x6c, /* KEY_Down */
- 0x6d, /* KEY_PgDown */ 0x6e, /* KEY_Insert */
- 0x6f, /* KEY_Delete */ 0x60, /* KEY_KP_Enter */
- 0x61, /* KEY_RCtrl */ 0x77, /* KEY_Pause */
- 0x63, /* KEY_Print */ 0x62, /* KEY_KP_Divide */
- 0x64, /* KEY_AltLang */ 0x65, /* KEY_Break */
- 0x00, /* KEY_LMeta */ 0x00, /* KEY_RMeta */
- 0x7A, /* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00, /* 0x6e */
- 0x7B, /* FOCUS_PF12 */ 0x00, /* 0x70 */
- 0x00, /* 0x71 */ 0x00, /* 0x72 */
- 0x59, /* FOCUS_PF2 */ 0x78, /* FOCUS_PF9 */
- 0x00, /* 0x75 */ 0x00, /* 0x76 */
- 0x5A, /* FOCUS_PF3 */ 0x5B, /* FOCUS_PF4 */
- 0x5C, /* FOCUS_PF5 */ 0x5D, /* FOCUS_PF6 */
- 0x5E, /* FOCUS_PF7 */ 0x5F, /* FOCUS_PF8 */
- 0x7C, /* JAP_86 */ 0x79, /* FOCUS_PF10 */
- 0x00, /* 0x7f */
-};
-
-/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
-pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
- priv->fd = -1;
- priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;
- return priv;
-}
-
-/** Destroy a private structure. */
-void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
-{
- free(priv);
-}
-
-/** Ring the bell.
- *
- * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()
- * interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell
- * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and
- * the (base) volume.
- *
- * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the
- * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.
- * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume
- * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems
- * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the
- * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --
- * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll
- * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the
- * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */
-void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
- int volume, int pitch, int duration)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (duration && pitch) {
- ioctl(priv->fd,
- KDMKTONE,
- ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */
- | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */
- }
-}
-
-/** Set the LEDs. */
-void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)
-{
- int fd = -1;
- int vtno;
- int i;
- const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };
-
- for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)
- if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;
- if (fd < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",
- strerror(errno));
- if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)
- FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");
- return vtno;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)
-{
- int fd = -1;
- int i;
- const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/%d", "/dev/tty%d", NULL };
- char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
-
- for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {
- XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), vcs[i], vtno);
- if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;
- }
- if (fd < 0)
- FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",
- vtno, strerror(errno));
- return fd;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)
-{
- struct vt_stat vts;
-
- if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;
- return -1;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);
-
-/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */
-void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)
-{
-}
-
-/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt. The \a switch_return
- * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is
- * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX
- * session). */
-int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
- void (*switch_return)(pointer),
- pointer switch_return_data)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = p;
-
- if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");
- if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;
-
- PRIV = priv;
- priv->switched = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */
- priv->switch_return = switch_return;
- priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;
- kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */
-static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = PRIV;
-
- signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
- if (priv) {
- ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);
- priv->switched = !priv->switched;
- LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",
- sig, priv->switched);
- if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)
- priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);
- }
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)
-{
- int result;
- struct vt_mode VT;
-
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));
- if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));
- if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
- if (setSig) {
- SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));
- if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");
- VT.mode = VT_PROCESS;
- VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;
- VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
- if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))
- FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");
- signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
- }
- return Success;
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- const char *msg = MESSAGE;
-
- if (priv->fd >= 0) return;
- priv->vtno = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();
- priv->fd = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);
- priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);
- LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",
- priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);
- kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */
- if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct vt_mode VT;
- const char *msg = FINALMESSAGE;
-
- if (priv->fd < 0) return;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);
- if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
- if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {
- VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
- ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);
- }
-
- LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);
- if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);
-
- close(priv->fd);
- priv->fd = -1;
-}
-
-/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */
-void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);
- if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
- /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */
- switch (*scanCode) {
- case KEY_KP_7: *scanCode = KEY_Home; break; /* curs home */
- case KEY_KP_8: *scanCode = KEY_Up; break; /* curs up */
- case KEY_KP_9: *scanCode = KEY_PgUp; break; /* curs pgup */
- case KEY_KP_4: *scanCode = KEY_Left; break; /* curs left */
- case KEY_KP_5: *scanCode = KEY_Begin; break; /* curs begin */
- case KEY_KP_6: *scanCode = KEY_Right; break; /* curs right */
- case KEY_KP_1: *scanCode = KEY_End; break; /* curs end */
- case KEY_KP_2: *scanCode = KEY_Down; break; /* curs down */
- case KEY_KP_3: *scanCode = KEY_PgDown; break; /* curs pgdown */
- case KEY_KP_0: *scanCode = KEY_Insert; break; /* curs insert */
- case KEY_KP_Decimal: *scanCode = KEY_Delete; break; /* curs delete */
- case KEY_Enter: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter; break; /* keypad enter */
- case KEY_LCtrl: *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl; break; /* right ctrl */
- case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print; break; /* print */
- case KEY_Slash: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */
- case KEY_Alt: *scanCode = KEY_AltLang; break; /* right alt */
- case KEY_ScrollLock: *scanCode = KEY_Break; break; /* curs break */
- case 0x5b: *scanCode = KEY_LMeta; break;
- case 0x5c: *scanCode = KEY_RMeta; break;
- case 0x5d: *scanCode = KEY_Menu; break;
- case KEY_F3: *scanCode = KEY_F13; break;
- case KEY_F4: *scanCode = KEY_F14; break;
- case KEY_F5: *scanCode = KEY_F15; break;
- case KEY_F6: *scanCode = KEY_F16; break;
- case KEY_F7: *scanCode = KEY_F17; break;
- case KEY_KP_Plus: *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC; break;
- /*
- * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)
- */
- case 0x2A:
- case 0x36:
- return 1;
- default:
- /*
- * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.
- * Let them pass. There is little consistency between them,
- * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.
- */
- scanCode += 0x78;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)
-{
- int pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;
- unsigned char code = *scanCode & 0x7f;
-
- /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */
- if (!priv->prefix) {
- switch (code) {
- case KEY_Prefix0:
- case KEY_Prefix1:
- priv->prefix = code;
- return 1;
- }
- return 0; /* No change */
- }
-
- /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */
- switch (priv->prefix) {
- case KEY_Prefix0:
- priv->prefix = 0;
- if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */
- break;
- case KEY_Prefix1:
- priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;
- return 1; /* Use new prefix */
- case KEY_LCtrl:
- priv->prefix = 0;
- if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1; /* Skip sequence*/
- code = KEY_Pause;
- break;
- }
-
- *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);
- return 0; /* Use old scanCode */
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
- unsigned char scanCode,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
- int type;
- KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
- int keyCode;
- int switching;
-
- /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */
- if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;
-
- type = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;
- keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;
-
- /* Handle repeats */
-
- if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
- keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
-
- int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
- &xkbi->state,
- scanCode);
- keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
-#if 0
- switch (keySym) {
- case XK_Num_Lock:
- case XK_Scroll_Lock:
- case XK_Shift_Lock:
- case XK_Caps_Lock:
- /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
- if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
- if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
- break;
- }
-#endif
-
- /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
- if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
- KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;
-
- /* No auto-repeat? */
- if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
- || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
- || (feed
- && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
- & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
-
- /* Do auto-repeat */
- enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- type = KeyPress;
- }
-
- /* If key is already up, ignore */
- if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
- }
-
- switching = 0;
- if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
- switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
- if (!switching) {
- if (enqueue)
- enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
- kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
- }
-}
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
- * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
- * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
- * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
- * caller of this function. */
-void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
- MOTIONPROC motion,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- CHECKPROC checkspecial,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- unsigned char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */
- unsigned char *pt;
- int n;
-
- while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
- for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)
- kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
-int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct termios nTty;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);
-
- nTty = priv->kbdtty;
- nTty.c_iflag = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);
- nTty.c_oflag = 0;
- nTty.c_cflag = CREAD | CS8;
- nTty.c_lflag = 0;
- nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
- nTty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
- cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);
- cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);
- if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)
- FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
- return priv->fd;
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
-void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);
- tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);
- kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);
-}
-
-
-static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)
-{
- KeySym *k;
- int i;
- int maxkey;
- static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */
- 0, /* unshifted */
- 1, /* shifted */
- 0, /* modeswitch unshifted */
- 0 /* modeswitch shifted */
- };
-
- /*
- * Read the mapping from the kernel.
- * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping
- * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,
- * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.
- *
- * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns
- * above, from the XF86Config fields.
- */
- tbl[2] = 8; /* alt */
- tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
- k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
-#else
- ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");
- return;
-#endif
- maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;
-
- for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {
- struct kbentry kbe;
- int j;
-
- kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];
-
- for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {
- unsigned short kval;
-
- *k = NoSymbol;
-
- kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];
- if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;
-
- kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);
- switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {
- case KT_LATIN:
- case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;
- case KT_FN:
- if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;
- else switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_FIND: *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */ break;
- case K_INSERT: *k = XK_Insert; break;
- case K_REMOVE: *k = XK_Delete; break;
- case K_SELECT: *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */ break;
- case K_PGUP: *k = XK_Prior; break;
- case K_PGDN: *k = XK_Next; break;
- case K_HELP: *k = XK_Help; break;
- case K_DO: *k = XK_Execute; break;
- case K_PAUSE: *k = XK_Pause; break;
- case K_MACRO: *k = XK_Menu; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_SPEC:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_ENTER: *k = XK_Return; break;
- case K_BREAK: *k = XK_Break; break;
- case K_CAPS: *k = XK_Caps_Lock; break;
- case K_NUM: *k = XK_Num_Lock; break;
- case K_HOLD: *k = XK_Scroll_Lock; break;
- case K_COMPOSE: *k = XK_Multi_key; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_PAD:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_PPLUS: *k = XK_KP_Add; break;
- case K_PMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
- case K_PSTAR: *k = XK_KP_Multiply; break;
- case K_PSLASH: *k = XK_KP_Divide; break;
- case K_PENTER: *k = XK_KP_Enter; break;
- case K_PCOMMA: *k = XK_KP_Separator; break;
- case K_PDOT: *k = XK_KP_Decimal; break;
- case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
- default: if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_DEAD:
- /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_DGRAVE: *k = XK_dead_grave; break;
- case K_DACUTE: *k = XK_dead_acute; break;
- case K_DCIRCM: *k = XK_dead_circumflex; break;
- case K_DTILDE: *k = XK_dead_tilde; break;
- case K_DDIERE: *k = XK_dead_diaeresis; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_CUR:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_DOWN: *k = XK_Down; break;
- case K_LEFT: *k = XK_Left; break;
- case K_RIGHT: *k = XK_Right; break;
- case K_UP: *k = XK_Up; break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_SHIFT:
- switch (kbe.kb_value) {
- case K_ALTGR: *k = XK_Alt_R; break;
- case K_ALT:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);
- break;
- case K_CTRL:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);
- break;
- case K_CTRLL: *k = XK_Control_L; break;
- case K_CTRLR: *k = XK_Control_R; break;
- case K_SHIFT:
- *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);
- break;
- case K_SHIFTL: *k = XK_Shift_L; break;
- case K_SHIFTR: *k = XK_Shift_R; break;
- default: break;
- }
- break;
- case KT_ASCII:
- /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that
- * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't
- * emulate that.
- */
- break;
- case KT_LOCK:
- if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;
- break;
- default: break;
- }
- }
-
- if (k[-1] == k[-2]) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-2] == k[-3]) k[-2] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-3] == k[-4]) k[-3] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]
- && k[-2] == NoSymbol) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
- }
-}
-
-static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
- char type;
- int i;
-
-#if 00/*BP*/
- mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));
- memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
-#else
- ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");
- return;
-#endif
-
- kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);
-
- /* compute the modifier map */
- for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
- pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
-
- for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
- i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
- i++, k += 4) {
- switch(*k) {
- case XK_Shift_L:
- case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
- case XK_Control_L:
- case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
- case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
- case XK_Alt_L:
- case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
- case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
- case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
- case XK_Kana_Lock:
- case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
- case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
- }
- }
-
- priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;
-
- pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
- pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
- pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
- pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
-}
-
-/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
- * pDev. */
-void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
-{
- info->keyboard = 1;
- info->keyClass = 1;
- kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
- info->focusClass = 1;
- info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
-}
+/* Portions of this file were derived from the following files:
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/common/{xf86Io.c,xf86Kbd.c,xf86Events.c}
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/common/xf86KbdLnx.c
+ *
+ * Linux version of keymapping setup. The kernel (since 0.99.14) has support
+ * for fully remapping the keyboard, but there are some differences between
+ * the Linux map and the SVR4 map (esp. in the extended keycodes). We also
+ * remove the restriction on what keycodes can be remapped.
+ * Orest Zborowski.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Thomas Roell not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Thomas Roell makes no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided
+ * "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THOMAS ROELL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THOMAS ROELL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ **********************************************************************
+ *
+ * xfree86/os-support/linux/lnx_io.c
+ *
+ * Copyright 1992 by Orest Zborowski <obz@Kodak.com>
+ * Copyright 1993 by David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the names of Orest Zborowski and David Dawes
+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of
+ * the software without specific, written prior permission. Orest Zborowski
+ * and David Dawes make no representations about the suitability of this
+ * software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or
+ * implied warranty.
+ *
+ * OREST ZBOROWSKI AND DAVID DAWES DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD
+ * TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL OREST ZBOROWSKI OR DAVID DAWES BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
+ * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Copyright 2001-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This code implements a low-level device driver for the Linux
+ * keyboard. The code is derived from code by Thomas Roell, Orest
+ * Zborowski, and David Dawes (see the source code for complete
+ * references). */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
+ * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
+ * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
+#include "dmxinputinit.h"
+#include "lnx-keyboard.h"
+
+#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
+ = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
+
+#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
+#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
+#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
+#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
+#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
+#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
+#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
+#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
+#define SWITCHRETPROC dmxVTSwitchReturnProcPtr
+#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
+#define MESSAGE "\033c\n\n\nDMX taking input from this console..."
+#define FINALMESSAGE "\033cDMX terminated."
+
+/* End of interface definitions. */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "inputstr.h"
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <sys/vt.h>
+#include <sys/kd.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include "atKeynames.h"
+#if 00
+#include "xf86Keymap.h"
+#endif
+#include <linux/keyboard.h>
+#include <xkbsrv.h>
+
+#define NUM_AT2LNX (sizeof(at2lnx) / sizeof(at2lnx[0]))
+#define NUM_STATE_ENTRIES (256/32)
+
+
+/* Private area for Linux-style keyboards. */
+typedef struct _myPrivate {
+ int fd;
+ int vtno;
+ int vtcurrent;
+ int kbdtrans;
+ struct termios kbdtty;
+ int kbdType;
+ CARD32 kbdState[NUM_STATE_ENTRIES];
+ DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard;
+ unsigned char prefix;
+
+ int switched;
+ SWITCHRETPROC switch_return;
+ void *switch_return_data;
+
+ /* For bell */
+ int pitch;
+ unsigned long duration;
+} myPrivate;
+
+static myPrivate *PRIV = NULL;
+
+#undef SYSCALL
+#define SYSCALL(call) while(((call) == -1) && (errno == EINTR))
+
+static int kbdLinuxKeyDown(myPrivate *priv, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return 0;
+ return priv->kbdState[byte] & bit;
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxKeyState(myPrivate *priv, int type, int keyCode)
+{
+ CARD8 byte = keyCode >> 5;
+ CARD32 bit = 1 << (keyCode & 0x1f);
+
+ if (byte > NUM_STATE_ENTRIES) return;
+ if (type == KeyPress) priv->kbdState[byte] |= bit;
+ else priv->kbdState[byte] &= ~bit;
+}
+
+static KeySym linux_to_x[256] = {
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_BackSpace, XK_Tab, XK_Linefeed, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, XK_Escape,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_space, XK_exclam, XK_quotedbl, XK_numbersign,
+ XK_dollar, XK_percent, XK_ampersand, XK_apostrophe,
+ XK_parenleft, XK_parenright, XK_asterisk, XK_plus,
+ XK_comma, XK_minus, XK_period, XK_slash,
+ XK_0, XK_1, XK_2, XK_3,
+ XK_4, XK_5, XK_6, XK_7,
+ XK_8, XK_9, XK_colon, XK_semicolon,
+ XK_less, XK_equal, XK_greater, XK_question,
+ XK_at, XK_A, XK_B, XK_C,
+ XK_D, XK_E, XK_F, XK_G,
+ XK_H, XK_I, XK_J, XK_K,
+ XK_L, XK_M, XK_N, XK_O,
+ XK_P, XK_Q, XK_R, XK_S,
+ XK_T, XK_U, XK_V, XK_W,
+ XK_X, XK_Y, XK_Z, XK_bracketleft,
+ XK_backslash, XK_bracketright,XK_asciicircum, XK_underscore,
+ XK_grave, XK_a, XK_b, XK_c,
+ XK_d, XK_e, XK_f, XK_g,
+ XK_h, XK_i, XK_j, XK_k,
+ XK_l, XK_m, XK_n, XK_o,
+ XK_p, XK_q, XK_r, XK_s,
+ XK_t, XK_u, XK_v, XK_w,
+ XK_x, XK_y, XK_z, XK_braceleft,
+ XK_bar, XK_braceright, XK_asciitilde, XK_BackSpace,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol, NoSymbol,
+ XK_nobreakspace,XK_exclamdown, XK_cent, XK_sterling,
+ XK_currency, XK_yen, XK_brokenbar, XK_section,
+ XK_diaeresis, XK_copyright, XK_ordfeminine, XK_guillemotleft,
+ XK_notsign, XK_hyphen, XK_registered, XK_macron,
+ XK_degree, XK_plusminus, XK_twosuperior, XK_threesuperior,
+ XK_acute, XK_mu, XK_paragraph, XK_periodcentered,
+ XK_cedilla, XK_onesuperior, XK_masculine, XK_guillemotright,
+ XK_onequarter, XK_onehalf, XK_threequarters,XK_questiondown,
+ XK_Agrave, XK_Aacute, XK_Acircumflex, XK_Atilde,
+ XK_Adiaeresis, XK_Aring, XK_AE, XK_Ccedilla,
+ XK_Egrave, XK_Eacute, XK_Ecircumflex, XK_Ediaeresis,
+ XK_Igrave, XK_Iacute, XK_Icircumflex, XK_Idiaeresis,
+ XK_ETH, XK_Ntilde, XK_Ograve, XK_Oacute,
+ XK_Ocircumflex, XK_Otilde, XK_Odiaeresis, XK_multiply,
+ XK_Ooblique, XK_Ugrave, XK_Uacute, XK_Ucircumflex,
+ XK_Udiaeresis, XK_Yacute, XK_THORN, XK_ssharp,
+ XK_agrave, XK_aacute, XK_acircumflex, XK_atilde,
+ XK_adiaeresis, XK_aring, XK_ae, XK_ccedilla,
+ XK_egrave, XK_eacute, XK_ecircumflex, XK_ediaeresis,
+ XK_igrave, XK_iacute, XK_icircumflex, XK_idiaeresis,
+ XK_eth, XK_ntilde, XK_ograve, XK_oacute,
+ XK_ocircumflex, XK_otilde, XK_odiaeresis, XK_division,
+ XK_oslash, XK_ugrave, XK_uacute, XK_ucircumflex,
+ XK_udiaeresis, XK_yacute, XK_thorn, XK_ydiaeresis
+};
+
+/*
+ * Maps the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes
+ */
+static unsigned char at2lnx[NUM_KEYCODES] =
+{
+ 0x01, /* KEY_Escape */ 0x02, /* KEY_1 */
+ 0x03, /* KEY_2 */ 0x04, /* KEY_3 */
+ 0x05, /* KEY_4 */ 0x06, /* KEY_5 */
+ 0x07, /* KEY_6 */ 0x08, /* KEY_7 */
+ 0x09, /* KEY_8 */ 0x0a, /* KEY_9 */
+ 0x0b, /* KEY_0 */ 0x0c, /* KEY_Minus */
+ 0x0d, /* KEY_Equal */ 0x0e, /* KEY_BackSpace */
+ 0x0f, /* KEY_Tab */ 0x10, /* KEY_Q */
+ 0x11, /* KEY_W */ 0x12, /* KEY_E */
+ 0x13, /* KEY_R */ 0x14, /* KEY_T */
+ 0x15, /* KEY_Y */ 0x16, /* KEY_U */
+ 0x17, /* KEY_I */ 0x18, /* KEY_O */
+ 0x19, /* KEY_P */ 0x1a, /* KEY_LBrace */
+ 0x1b, /* KEY_RBrace */ 0x1c, /* KEY_Enter */
+ 0x1d, /* KEY_LCtrl */ 0x1e, /* KEY_A */
+ 0x1f, /* KEY_S */ 0x20, /* KEY_D */
+ 0x21, /* KEY_F */ 0x22, /* KEY_G */
+ 0x23, /* KEY_H */ 0x24, /* KEY_J */
+ 0x25, /* KEY_K */ 0x26, /* KEY_L */
+ 0x27, /* KEY_SemiColon */ 0x28, /* KEY_Quote */
+ 0x29, /* KEY_Tilde */ 0x2a, /* KEY_ShiftL */
+ 0x2b, /* KEY_BSlash */ 0x2c, /* KEY_Z */
+ 0x2d, /* KEY_X */ 0x2e, /* KEY_C */
+ 0x2f, /* KEY_V */ 0x30, /* KEY_B */
+ 0x31, /* KEY_N */ 0x32, /* KEY_M */
+ 0x33, /* KEY_Comma */ 0x34, /* KEY_Period */
+ 0x35, /* KEY_Slash */ 0x36, /* KEY_ShiftR */
+ 0x37, /* KEY_KP_Multiply */ 0x38, /* KEY_Alt */
+ 0x39, /* KEY_Space */ 0x3a, /* KEY_CapsLock */
+ 0x3b, /* KEY_F1 */ 0x3c, /* KEY_F2 */
+ 0x3d, /* KEY_F3 */ 0x3e, /* KEY_F4 */
+ 0x3f, /* KEY_F5 */ 0x40, /* KEY_F6 */
+ 0x41, /* KEY_F7 */ 0x42, /* KEY_F8 */
+ 0x43, /* KEY_F9 */ 0x44, /* KEY_F10 */
+ 0x45, /* KEY_NumLock */ 0x46, /* KEY_ScrollLock */
+ 0x47, /* KEY_KP_7 */ 0x48, /* KEY_KP_8 */
+ 0x49, /* KEY_KP_9 */ 0x4a, /* KEY_KP_Minus */
+ 0x4b, /* KEY_KP_4 */ 0x4c, /* KEY_KP_5 */
+ 0x4d, /* KEY_KP_6 */ 0x4e, /* KEY_KP_Plus */
+ 0x4f, /* KEY_KP_1 */ 0x50, /* KEY_KP_2 */
+ 0x51, /* KEY_KP_3 */ 0x52, /* KEY_KP_0 */
+ 0x53, /* KEY_KP_Decimal */ 0x54, /* KEY_SysReqest */
+ 0x00, /* 0x55 */ 0x56, /* KEY_Less */
+ 0x57, /* KEY_F11 */ 0x58, /* KEY_F12 */
+ 0x66, /* KEY_Home */ 0x67, /* KEY_Up */
+ 0x68, /* KEY_PgUp */ 0x69, /* KEY_Left */
+ 0x5d, /* KEY_Begin */ 0x6a, /* KEY_Right */
+ 0x6b, /* KEY_End */ 0x6c, /* KEY_Down */
+ 0x6d, /* KEY_PgDown */ 0x6e, /* KEY_Insert */
+ 0x6f, /* KEY_Delete */ 0x60, /* KEY_KP_Enter */
+ 0x61, /* KEY_RCtrl */ 0x77, /* KEY_Pause */
+ 0x63, /* KEY_Print */ 0x62, /* KEY_KP_Divide */
+ 0x64, /* KEY_AltLang */ 0x65, /* KEY_Break */
+ 0x00, /* KEY_LMeta */ 0x00, /* KEY_RMeta */
+ 0x7A, /* KEY_Menu/FOCUS_PF11*/0x00, /* 0x6e */
+ 0x7B, /* FOCUS_PF12 */ 0x00, /* 0x70 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x71 */ 0x00, /* 0x72 */
+ 0x59, /* FOCUS_PF2 */ 0x78, /* FOCUS_PF9 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x75 */ 0x00, /* 0x76 */
+ 0x5A, /* FOCUS_PF3 */ 0x5B, /* FOCUS_PF4 */
+ 0x5C, /* FOCUS_PF5 */ 0x5D, /* FOCUS_PF6 */
+ 0x5E, /* FOCUS_PF7 */ 0x5F, /* FOCUS_PF8 */
+ 0x7C, /* JAP_86 */ 0x79, /* FOCUS_PF10 */
+ 0x00, /* 0x7f */
+};
+
+/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
+pointer kbdLinuxCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pKeyboard)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
+ priv->fd = -1;
+ priv->pKeyboard = pKeyboard;
+ return priv;
+}
+
+/** Destroy a private structure. */
+void kbdLinuxDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
+{
+ free(priv);
+}
+
+/** Ring the bell.
+ *
+ * Note: we completely ignore the \a volume, since Linux's ioctl()
+ * interface does not provide a way to control it. If it did, the XBell
+ * manpage tells how the actual volume is a function of the percent and
+ * the (base) volume.
+ *
+ * Note that most of the other PC-based bell drivers compute the
+ * duration for KDMKTONE as a function of the volume and the duration.
+ * For some drivers, the duration is only measured in mS if the volume
+ * is 50, and is scaled by the volume for other values. This seems
+ * confusing and possibly incorrect (the xset man page says that the
+ * bell will be "as closely as it can to the user's specifications" --
+ * if we ignore the volume and set the duration correctly, then we'll
+ * get one parameter "wrong" -- but if we use the volume to scale the
+ * duration, then we'll get both parameters "wrong"). */
+void kbdLinuxBell(DevicePtr pDev, int percent,
+ int volume, int pitch, int duration)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (duration && pitch) {
+ ioctl(priv->fd,
+ KDMKTONE,
+ ((1193190 / pitch) & 0xffff) /* Low bits specify cycle time */
+ | (duration << 16)); /* High bits are duration in msec */
+ }
+}
+
+/** Set the LEDs. */
+void kbdLinuxCtrl(DevicePtr pDev, KeybdCtrl *ctrl)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETLED, ctrl->leds & 0x07);
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber(void)
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ int vtno;
+ int i;
+ const char *tty0[] = { "/dev/tty0", "/dev/vc/0", NULL };
+
+ for (i = 0; tty0[i]; i++)
+ if ((fd = open(tty0[i], O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) break;
+ if (fd < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot open tty0 (%s)\n",
+ strerror(errno));
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &vtno) < 0 || vtno < 0)
+ FATAL0("kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber: Cannot find a free VT\n");
+ return vtno;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxOpenVT(int vtno)
+{
+ int fd = -1;
+ int i;
+ const char *vcs[] = { "/dev/vc/", "/dev/tty", NULL };
+ char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in snprintf */
+
+ for (i = 0; vcs[i]; i++) {
+ snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "%s%d", vcs[i], vtno);
+ if ((fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) break;
+ }
+ if (fd < 0)
+ FATAL2("kbdLinuxOpenVT: Cannot open VT %d (%s)\n",
+ vtno, strerror(errno));
+ return fd;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(int fd)
+{
+ struct vt_stat vts;
+
+ if (!ioctl(fd, VT_GETSTATE, &vts)) return vts.v_active;
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig);
+
+/** Currently unused hook called prior to an VT switch. */
+void kbdLinuxVTPreSwitch(pointer p)
+{
+}
+
+/** Currently unused hook called after returning from a VT switch. */
+void kbdLinuxVTPostSwitch(pointer p)
+{
+}
+
+/** Tell the operating system to switch to \a vt. The \a switch_return
+ * function is called with the \a switch_return_data when the VT is
+ * switched back to the pre-switch VT (i.e., the user returns to the DMX
+ * session). */
+int kbdLinuxVTSwitch(pointer p, int vt,
+ void (*switch_return)(pointer),
+ pointer switch_return_data)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = p;
+
+ if (priv->switched) FATAL0("kbdLinuxVTSwitch: already switched...\n");
+ if (priv->vtno == vt) return 0;
+
+ PRIV = priv;
+ priv->switched = 0; /* Will switch to 1 in handler */
+ priv->switch_return = switch_return;
+ priv->switch_return_data = switch_return_data;
+ kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, vt, 0);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* RATS: This function is only ever used to handle SIGUSR1. */
+static void kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler(int sig)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = PRIV;
+
+ signal(sig, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
+ if (priv) {
+ ioctl(priv->fd, VT_RELDISP, VT_ACKACQ);
+ priv->switched = !priv->switched;
+ LOG2("kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler: got signal %d, switched = %d\n",
+ sig, priv->switched);
+ if (!priv->switched && priv->switch_return)
+ priv->switch_return(priv->switch_return_data);
+ }
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxActivate(int fd, int vtno, int setSig)
+{
+ int result;
+ struct vt_mode VT;
+
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_ACTIVATE, vtno));
+ if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_WAITACTIVE, vtno));
+ if (result) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
+ if (setSig) {
+ SYSCALL(result = ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT));
+ if (result < 0) FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_GETMODE failed\n");
+ VT.mode = VT_PROCESS;
+ VT.relsig = SIGUSR1;
+ VT.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
+ if (ioctl(fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT))
+ FATAL0("kbdLinuxActivate: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed\n");
+ signal(SIGUSR1, kbdLinuxVTSignalHandler);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxOpenConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ const char *msg = MESSAGE;
+
+ if (priv->fd >= 0) return;
+ priv->vtno = kbdLinuxGetFreeVTNumber();
+ priv->fd = kbdLinuxOpenVT(priv->vtno);
+ priv->vtcurrent = kbdLinuxGetCurrentVTNumber(priv->fd);
+ LOG2("kbdLinuxOpenConsole: current VT %d; using free VT %d\n",
+ priv->vtcurrent, priv->vtno);
+ kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtno, 1);
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS); /* To turn off gpm */
+ if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxCloseConsole(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct vt_mode VT;
+ const char *msg = FINALMESSAGE;
+
+ if (priv->fd < 0) return;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);
+ if (msg) write(priv->fd, msg, strlen(msg));
+ if (ioctl(priv->fd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1) {
+ VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
+ ioctl(priv->fd, VT_SETMODE, &VT);
+ }
+
+ LOG1("kbdLinuxCloseConsole: switching to VT %d\n", priv->vtcurrent);
+ if (priv->vtcurrent >= 0) kbdLinuxActivate(priv->fd, priv->vtcurrent, 0);
+
+ close(priv->fd);
+ priv->fd = -1;
+}
+
+/** Initialize the \a pDev as a Linux keyboard. */
+void kbdLinuxInit(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (priv->fd <= 0) kbdLinuxOpenConsole(pDev);
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBMODE, &priv->kbdtrans);
+ if (tcgetattr(priv->fd, &priv->kbdtty) < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxInit: tcgetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(unsigned char *scanCode)
+{
+ /* Table from xfree86/common/xf86Events.c */
+ switch (*scanCode) {
+ case KEY_KP_7: *scanCode = KEY_Home; break; /* curs home */
+ case KEY_KP_8: *scanCode = KEY_Up; break; /* curs up */
+ case KEY_KP_9: *scanCode = KEY_PgUp; break; /* curs pgup */
+ case KEY_KP_4: *scanCode = KEY_Left; break; /* curs left */
+ case KEY_KP_5: *scanCode = KEY_Begin; break; /* curs begin */
+ case KEY_KP_6: *scanCode = KEY_Right; break; /* curs right */
+ case KEY_KP_1: *scanCode = KEY_End; break; /* curs end */
+ case KEY_KP_2: *scanCode = KEY_Down; break; /* curs down */
+ case KEY_KP_3: *scanCode = KEY_PgDown; break; /* curs pgdown */
+ case KEY_KP_0: *scanCode = KEY_Insert; break; /* curs insert */
+ case KEY_KP_Decimal: *scanCode = KEY_Delete; break; /* curs delete */
+ case KEY_Enter: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Enter; break; /* keypad enter */
+ case KEY_LCtrl: *scanCode = KEY_RCtrl; break; /* right ctrl */
+ case KEY_KP_Multiply: *scanCode = KEY_Print; break; /* print */
+ case KEY_Slash: *scanCode = KEY_KP_Divide; break; /* keyp divide */
+ case KEY_Alt: *scanCode = KEY_AltLang; break; /* right alt */
+ case KEY_ScrollLock: *scanCode = KEY_Break; break; /* curs break */
+ case 0x5b: *scanCode = KEY_LMeta; break;
+ case 0x5c: *scanCode = KEY_RMeta; break;
+ case 0x5d: *scanCode = KEY_Menu; break;
+ case KEY_F3: *scanCode = KEY_F13; break;
+ case KEY_F4: *scanCode = KEY_F14; break;
+ case KEY_F5: *scanCode = KEY_F15; break;
+ case KEY_F6: *scanCode = KEY_F16; break;
+ case KEY_F7: *scanCode = KEY_F17; break;
+ case KEY_KP_Plus: *scanCode = KEY_KP_DEC; break;
+ /*
+ * Ignore virtual shifts (E0 2A, E0 AA, E0 36, E0 B6)
+ */
+ case 0x2A:
+ case 0x36:
+ return 1;
+ default:
+ /*
+ * "Internet" keyboards are generating lots of new codes.
+ * Let them pass. There is little consistency between them,
+ * so don't bother with symbolic names at this level.
+ */
+ scanCode += 0x78;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(myPrivate *priv, unsigned char *scanCode)
+{
+ int pressed = *scanCode & 0x80;
+ unsigned char code = *scanCode & 0x7f;
+
+ /* If we don't have a prefix, check for one */
+ if (!priv->prefix) {
+ switch (code) {
+ case KEY_Prefix0:
+ case KEY_Prefix1:
+ priv->prefix = code;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ return 0; /* No change */
+ }
+
+ /* We have a prefix from the last scanCode */
+ switch (priv->prefix) {
+ case KEY_Prefix0:
+ priv->prefix = 0;
+ if (kbdLinuxPrefix0Mapping(&code)) return 1; /* Skip sequence */
+ break;
+ case KEY_Prefix1:
+ priv->prefix = (code = KEY_LCtrl) ? KEY_LCtrl : 0;
+ return 1; /* Use new prefix */
+ case KEY_LCtrl:
+ priv->prefix = 0;
+ if (code != KEY_NumLock) return 1; /* Skip sequence*/
+ code = KEY_Pause;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *scanCode = code | (pressed ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ return 0; /* Use old scanCode */
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxConvert(DevicePtr pDev,
+ unsigned char scanCode,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ XkbSrvInfoPtr xkbi = priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo;
+ int type;
+ KeySym keySym = NoSymbol;
+ int keyCode;
+ int switching;
+
+ /* Do special PC/AT prefix mapping -- may change scanCode! */
+ if (kbdLinuxPrefixMapping(priv, &scanCode)) return;
+
+ type = (scanCode & 0x80) ? KeyRelease : KeyPress;
+ keyCode = (scanCode & 0x7f) + MIN_KEYCODE;
+
+ /* Handle repeats */
+
+ if (keyCode >= xkbi->desc->min_key_code &&
+ keyCode <= xkbi->desc->max_key_code) {
+
+ int effectiveGroup = XkbGetEffectiveGroup(xkbi,
+ &xkbi->state,
+ scanCode);
+ keySym = XkbKeySym(xkbi->desc, scanCode, effectiveGroup);
+#if 0
+ switch (keySym) {
+ case XK_Num_Lock:
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock:
+ case XK_Shift_Lock:
+ case XK_Caps_Lock:
+ /* Ignore releases and all but first press */
+ if (kbdLinuxModIgnore(priv, &xE, keySym)) return;
+ if (kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, &xE)) xE.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
+ else xE.u.u.type = KeyPress;
+ break;
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* If key is already down, ignore or autorepeat */
+ if (type == KeyPress && kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) {
+ KbdFeedbackClassRec *feed = priv->pKeyboard->kbdfeed;
+
+ /* No auto-repeat? */
+ if ((feed && !feed->ctrl.autoRepeat)
+ || priv->pKeyboard->key->xkbInfo->desc->map->modmap[keyCode]
+ || (feed
+ && !(feed->ctrl.autoRepeats[keyCode >> 3]
+ & (1 << (keyCode & 7))))) return; /* Ignore */
+
+ /* Do auto-repeat */
+ enqueue(pDev, KeyRelease, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ type = KeyPress;
+ }
+
+ /* If key is already up, ignore */
+ if (type == KeyRelease && !kbdLinuxKeyDown(priv, keyCode)) return;
+ }
+
+ switching = 0;
+ if (checkspecial && type == KeyPress)
+ switching = checkspecial(pDev, keySym);
+ if (!switching) {
+ if (enqueue)
+ enqueue(pDev, type, keyCode, keySym, NULL, block);
+ kbdLinuxKeyState(priv, type, keyCode); /* Update our state bitmap */
+ }
+}
+
+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, check for
+ * special keys with the \a checkspecial function and enqueue the event
+ * with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed to the
+ * functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate to the
+ * caller of this function. */
+void kbdLinuxRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+ MOTIONPROC motion,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ CHECKPROC checkspecial,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ unsigned char buf[256]; /* RATS: Only used in length-limited call */
+ unsigned char *pt;
+ int n;
+
+ while ((n = read(priv->fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0)
+ for (pt = buf; n; --n, ++pt)
+ kbdLinuxConvert(pDev, *pt, enqueue, checkspecial, block);
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev on (i.e., take input from \a pDev). */
+int kbdLinuxOn(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct termios nTty;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, K_RAW);
+
+ nTty = priv->kbdtty;
+ nTty.c_iflag = (IGNPAR | IGNBRK) & (~PARMRK) & (~ISTRIP);
+ nTty.c_oflag = 0;
+ nTty.c_cflag = CREAD | CS8;
+ nTty.c_lflag = 0;
+ nTty.c_cc[VTIME] = 0;
+ nTty.c_cc[VMIN] = 1;
+ cfsetispeed(&nTty, B9600);
+ cfsetospeed(&nTty, B9600);
+ if (tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &nTty) < 0)
+ FATAL1("kbdLinuxOn: tcsetattr failed (%s)\n", strerror(errno));
+ return priv->fd;
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
+void kbdLinuxOff(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ ioctl(priv->fd, KDSKBMODE, priv->kbdtrans);
+ tcsetattr(priv->fd, TCSANOW, &priv->kbdtty);
+ kbdLinuxCloseConsole(pDev);
+}
+
+
+static void kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(int fd, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms)
+{
+ KeySym *k;
+ int i;
+ int maxkey;
+ static unsigned char tbl[GLYPHS_PER_KEY] = { /* RATS: Use ok */
+ 0, /* unshifted */
+ 1, /* shifted */
+ 0, /* modeswitch unshifted */
+ 0 /* modeswitch shifted */
+ };
+
+ /*
+ * Read the mapping from the kernel.
+ * Since we're still using the XFree86 scancode->AT keycode mapping
+ * routines, we need to convert the AT keycodes to Linux keycodes,
+ * then translate the Linux keysyms into X keysyms.
+ *
+ * First, figure out which tables to use for the modeswitch columns
+ * above, from the XF86Config fields.
+ */
+ tbl[2] = 8; /* alt */
+ tbl[3] = tbl[2] | 1;
+
+#if 00/*BP*/
+ k = map+GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
+#else
+ ErrorF("kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping() is broken/no-op'd\n");
+ return;
+#endif
+ maxkey = NUM_AT2LNX;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < maxkey; ++i) {
+ struct kbentry kbe;
+ int j;
+
+ kbe.kb_index = at2lnx[i];
+
+ for (j = 0; j < GLYPHS_PER_KEY; ++j, ++k) {
+ unsigned short kval;
+
+ *k = NoSymbol;
+
+ kbe.kb_table = tbl[j];
+ if (kbe.kb_index == 0 || ioctl(fd, KDGKBENT, &kbe)) continue;
+
+ kval = KVAL(kbe.kb_value);
+ switch (KTYP(kbe.kb_value)) {
+ case KT_LATIN:
+ case KT_LETTER: *k = linux_to_x[kval]; break;
+ case KT_FN:
+ if (kval <= 19) *k = XK_F1 + kval;
+ else switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_FIND: *k = XK_Home; /* or XK_Find */ break;
+ case K_INSERT: *k = XK_Insert; break;
+ case K_REMOVE: *k = XK_Delete; break;
+ case K_SELECT: *k = XK_End; /* or XK_Select */ break;
+ case K_PGUP: *k = XK_Prior; break;
+ case K_PGDN: *k = XK_Next; break;
+ case K_HELP: *k = XK_Help; break;
+ case K_DO: *k = XK_Execute; break;
+ case K_PAUSE: *k = XK_Pause; break;
+ case K_MACRO: *k = XK_Menu; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_SPEC:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_ENTER: *k = XK_Return; break;
+ case K_BREAK: *k = XK_Break; break;
+ case K_CAPS: *k = XK_Caps_Lock; break;
+ case K_NUM: *k = XK_Num_Lock; break;
+ case K_HOLD: *k = XK_Scroll_Lock; break;
+ case K_COMPOSE: *k = XK_Multi_key; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_PAD:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_PPLUS: *k = XK_KP_Add; break;
+ case K_PMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
+ case K_PSTAR: *k = XK_KP_Multiply; break;
+ case K_PSLASH: *k = XK_KP_Divide; break;
+ case K_PENTER: *k = XK_KP_Enter; break;
+ case K_PCOMMA: *k = XK_KP_Separator; break;
+ case K_PDOT: *k = XK_KP_Decimal; break;
+ case K_PPLUSMINUS: *k = XK_KP_Subtract; break;
+ default: if (kval <= 9) *k = XK_KP_0 + kval; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_DEAD:
+ /* KT_DEAD keys are for accelerated diacritical creation. */
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_DGRAVE: *k = XK_dead_grave; break;
+ case K_DACUTE: *k = XK_dead_acute; break;
+ case K_DCIRCM: *k = XK_dead_circumflex; break;
+ case K_DTILDE: *k = XK_dead_tilde; break;
+ case K_DDIERE: *k = XK_dead_diaeresis; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_CUR:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_DOWN: *k = XK_Down; break;
+ case K_LEFT: *k = XK_Left; break;
+ case K_RIGHT: *k = XK_Right; break;
+ case K_UP: *k = XK_Up; break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_SHIFT:
+ switch (kbe.kb_value) {
+ case K_ALTGR: *k = XK_Alt_R; break;
+ case K_ALT:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x64 ? XK_Alt_R : XK_Alt_L);
+ break;
+ case K_CTRL:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x61 ? XK_Control_R : XK_Control_L);
+ break;
+ case K_CTRLL: *k = XK_Control_L; break;
+ case K_CTRLR: *k = XK_Control_R; break;
+ case K_SHIFT:
+ *k = (kbe.kb_index == 0x36 ? XK_Shift_R : XK_Shift_L);
+ break;
+ case K_SHIFTL: *k = XK_Shift_L; break;
+ case K_SHIFTR: *k = XK_Shift_R; break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case KT_ASCII:
+ /* KT_ASCII keys accumulate a 3 digit decimal number that
+ * gets emitted when the shift state changes. We can't
+ * emulate that.
+ */
+ break;
+ case KT_LOCK:
+ if (kbe.kb_value == K_SHIFTLOCK) *k = XK_Shift_Lock;
+ break;
+ default: break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (k[-1] == k[-2]) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-2] == k[-3]) k[-2] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-3] == k[-4]) k[-3] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-4] == k[-2] && k[-3] == k[-1]) k[-2] = k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ if (k[-1] == k[-4] && k[-2] == k[-3]
+ && k[-2] == NoSymbol) k[-1] = NoSymbol;
+ }
+}
+
+static void kbdLinuxGetMap(DevicePtr pDev, KeySymsPtr pKeySyms, CARD8 *pModMap)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ KeySym *k, *mapCopy;
+ char type;
+ int i;
+
+#if 00/*BP*/
+ mapCopy = malloc(sizeof(map));
+ memcpy(mapCopy, map, sizeof(map));
+#else
+ ErrorF("kbdLinuxGetMap() is broken/no-op'd\n");
+ return;
+#endif
+
+ kbdLinuxReadKernelMapping(priv->fd, pKeySyms);
+
+ /* compute the modifier map */
+ for (i = 0; i < MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ pModMap[i] = NoSymbol; /* make sure it is restored */
+
+ for (k = mapCopy, i = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i < NUM_KEYCODES + MIN_KEYCODE;
+ i++, k += 4) {
+ switch(*k) {
+ case XK_Shift_L:
+ case XK_Shift_R: pModMap[i] = ShiftMask; break;
+ case XK_Control_L:
+ case XK_Control_R: pModMap[i] = ControlMask; break;
+ case XK_Caps_Lock: pModMap[i] = LockMask; break;
+ case XK_Alt_L:
+ case XK_Alt_R: pModMap[i] = AltMask; break;
+ case XK_Num_Lock: pModMap[i] = NumLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Scroll_Lock: pModMap[i] = ScrollLockMask; break;
+ case XK_Kana_Lock:
+ case XK_Kana_Shift: pModMap[i] = KanaMask; break;
+ case XK_Mode_switch: pModMap[i] = AltLangMask; break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ priv->kbdType = (ioctl(priv->fd, KDGKBTYPE, &type) < 0) ? KB_101 : type;
+
+ pKeySyms->map = mapCopy; /* Must be XFree'able */
+ pKeySyms->mapWidth = GLYPHS_PER_KEY;
+ pKeySyms->minKeyCode = MIN_KEYCODE;
+ pKeySyms->maxKeyCode = MAX_KEYCODE;
+}
+
+/** Fill the \a info structure with information needed to initialize \a
+ * pDev. */
+void kbdLinuxGetInfo(DevicePtr pDev, DMXLocalInitInfoPtr info)
+{
+ info->keyboard = 1;
+ info->keyClass = 1;
+ kbdLinuxGetMap(pDev, &info->keySyms, info->modMap);
+ info->focusClass = 1;
+ info->kbdFeedbackClass = 1;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-common.c b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-common.c
index c655a2984..944033eba 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-common.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/dmx/input/usb-common.c
@@ -1,381 +1,381 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
- *
- * All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
- * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
- * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
- * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
- * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
- * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
- * subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
- * portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
- * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
- * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
- * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
- * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
- * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
- * SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
- *
- */
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Routines that are common between \a usb-keyboard.c, \a usb-mouse.c, and
- * \a usb-other.c */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
-#include <dmx-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "usb-private.h"
-
-#define USB_COMMON_DEBUG 1
-
-/*****************************************************************************/
-/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
- * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
- * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
-#include "usb-mouse.h"
-
-#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
- = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
-
-#define GETNAME ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDevice->public.devicePrivate)) \
- ->name
-
-#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
-#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
-#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
-#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
-#define LOG1INPUT(p,f,a) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a)
-#define LOG3INPUT(p,f,a,b,c) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a,b,c)
-#define LOG5INPUT(p,f,a,b,c,d,e) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a,b,c,d,e)
-#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
-#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
-#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
-#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
-#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
-#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
-#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
-
-/* End of interface definitions. */
-/*****************************************************************************/
-
-
-/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
- * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, enqueue
- * the event with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed
- * to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate
- * to the caller of this function.
- *
- * Since USB devices return EV_KEY events for buttons and keys, \a
- * minButton is used to decide if a Button or Key event should be
- * queued.*/
-void usbRead(DevicePtr pDev,
- MOTIONPROC motion,
- ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
- int minButton,
- BLOCK block)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- struct input_event raw;
- int v[DMX_MAX_AXES];
- int axis;
-
-#define PRESS(b) \
- do { \
- enqueue(pDev, ButtonPress, 0, 0, NULL, block); \
- } while (0)
-
-#define RELEASE(b) \
- do { \
- enqueue(pDev, ButtonRelease, 0, 0, NULL, block); \
- } while (0)
-
- while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {
-#if USB_COMMON_DEBUG > 1
- LOG3("USB: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",
- raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);
-#endif
- switch (raw.type) {
- case EV_KEY:
- /* raw.value = 1 for first, 2 for repeat */
- if (raw.code > minButton) {
- if (raw.value) PRESS((raw.code & 0x0f) + 1);
- else RELEASE((raw.code & 0x0f) + 1);
- } else {
- enqueue(pDev, raw.value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
- 0, 0, NULL, block);
- }
- break;
- case EV_REL:
- switch (raw.code) {
- case REL_X:
- v[0] = -raw.value;
- v[1] = 0;
- motion(pDev, v, 0, 2, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
- break;
- case REL_Y:
- v[0] = 0;
- v[1] = -raw.value;
- motion(pDev, v, 0, 2, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
- break;
- case REL_WHEEL:
- if ((int)raw.value > 0) {
- PRESS(4);
- RELEASE(4);
- } else if ((int)raw.value < 0) {
- PRESS(5);
- RELEASE(5);
- }
- break;
- default:
- memset(v, 0, sizeof(v));
- axis = priv->relmap[raw.code];
- v[axis] = raw.value;
- motion(pDev, v, axis, 1, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
- }
- break;
- case EV_ABS:
- memset(v, 0, sizeof(v));
- axis = priv->absmap[raw.code];
- v[axis] = raw.value;
- motion(pDev, v, axis, 1, DMX_ABSOLUTE, block);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#define test_bit(bit) (priv->mask[(bit)/8] & (1 << ((bit)%8)))
-#define test_bits(bit) (bits[(bit)/8] & (1 << ((bit)%8)))
-
-static void usbPrint(myPrivate *priv,
- const char *filename, const char *devname, int fd)
-{
- int j, k;
- DeviceIntPtr pDevice = priv->pDevice;
- unsigned char bits[KEY_MAX/8 + 1]; /* RATS: Use ok assuming that
- * KEY_MAX is greater than
- * REL_MAX, ABS_MAX, SND_MAX, and
- * LED_MAX. */
-
- LOG3INPUT(priv, "%s (%s) using %s\n", pDevice->name, GETNAME, filename);
- LOG1INPUT(priv, " %s\n", devname);
- for (j = 0; j < EV_MAX; j++) {
- if (test_bit(j)) {
- const char *type = "unknown";
- char extra[256]; /* FIXME: may cause buffer overflow */
- extra[0] = '\0';
- switch(j) {
- case EV_KEY: type = "keys/buttons"; break;
- case EV_REL: type = "relative";
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_REL, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < REL_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
- case REL_X: strcat(extra, " X"); break;
- case REL_Y: strcat(extra, " Y"); break;
- case REL_Z: strcat(extra, " Z"); break;
- case REL_HWHEEL: strcat(extra, " HWheel"); break;
- case REL_DIAL: strcat(extra, " Dial"); break;
- case REL_WHEEL: strcat(extra, " Wheel"); break;
- case REL_MISC: strcat(extra, " Misc"); break;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_ABS: type = "absolute";
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_ABS, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < ABS_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
- case ABS_X: strcat(extra," X"); break;
- case ABS_Y: strcat(extra," Y"); break;
- case ABS_Z: strcat(extra," Z"); break;
- case ABS_RX: strcat(extra," RX"); break;
- case ABS_RY: strcat(extra," RY"); break;
- case ABS_RZ: strcat(extra," RZ"); break;
- case ABS_THROTTLE: strcat(extra," Throttle");break;
- case ABS_RUDDER: strcat(extra," Rudder"); break;
- case ABS_WHEEL: strcat(extra," Wheel"); break;
- case ABS_GAS: strcat(extra," Gas"); break;
- case ABS_BRAKE: strcat(extra," Break"); break;
- case ABS_HAT0X: strcat(extra," Hat0X"); break;
- case ABS_HAT0Y: strcat(extra," Hat0Y"); break;
- case ABS_HAT1X: strcat(extra," Hat1X"); break;
- case ABS_HAT1Y: strcat(extra," Hat1Y"); break;
- case ABS_HAT2X: strcat(extra," Hat2X"); break;
- case ABS_HAT2Y: strcat(extra," Hat2Y"); break;
- case ABS_HAT3X: strcat(extra," Hat3X"); break;
- case ABS_HAT3Y: strcat(extra," Hat3Y"); break;
- case ABS_PRESSURE: strcat(extra," Pressure");break;
- case ABS_DISTANCE: strcat(extra," Distance");break;
- case ABS_TILT_X: strcat(extra," TiltX"); break;
- case ABS_TILT_Y: strcat(extra," TiltY"); break;
- case ABS_MISC: strcat(extra," Misc"); break;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_MSC: type = "reserved"; break;
- case EV_LED: type = "leds";
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_LED, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < LED_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
- case LED_NUML: strcat(extra," NumLock"); break;
- case LED_CAPSL: strcat(extra," CapsLock"); break;
- case LED_SCROLLL: strcat(extra," ScrlLock"); break;
- case LED_COMPOSE: strcat(extra," Compose"); break;
- case LED_KANA: strcat(extra," Kana"); break;
- case LED_SLEEP: strcat(extra," Sleep"); break;
- case LED_SUSPEND: strcat(extra," Suspend"); break;
- case LED_MUTE: strcat(extra," Mute"); break;
- case LED_MISC: strcat(extra," Misc"); break;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_SND: type = "sound";
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_SND, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < SND_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
- case SND_CLICK: strcat(extra," Click"); break;
- case SND_BELL: strcat(extra," Bell"); break;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_REP: type = "repeat"; break;
- case EV_FF: type = "feedback"; break;
- }
- LOG5INPUT(priv, " Feature 0x%02x = %s%s%s%s\n", j, type,
- extra[0] ? " [" : "",
- extra[0] ? extra+1 : "",
- extra[0] ? "]" : "");
- }
- }
-}
-
-/** Initialized \a pDev as a \a usbMouse, \a usbKeyboard, or \a usbOther
-device. */
-void usbInit(DevicePtr pDev, usbType type)
-{
- GETPRIV;
- char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in XmuSnprintf */
- int i, j, k;
- char buf[256] = { 0, }; /* RATS: Use ok */
- int version;
- unsigned char bits[KEY_MAX/8 + 1]; /* RATS: Use ok assuming that
- * KEY_MAX is greater than
- * REL_MAX, ABS_MAX, SND_MAX, and
- * LED_MAX. */
-
- if (priv->fd >=0) return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
- XmuSnprintf(name, sizeof(name), "/dev/input/event%d", i);
- if ((priv->fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) {
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGVERSION, &version);
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGNAME(sizeof(buf)), buf);
- memset(priv->mask, 0, sizeof(priv->mask));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(0, sizeof(priv->mask)), priv->mask);
-
- for (j = 0; j < EV_MAX; j++) {
- if (test_bit(j)) {
- switch(j) {
- case EV_REL:
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_REL, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < REL_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) {
- if (k == REL_X) priv->relmap[k] = 0;
- else if (k == REL_Y) priv->relmap[k] = 1;
- else priv->relmap[k] = 2 + priv->numAbs;
- ++priv->numRel;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_ABS:
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_ABS, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < ABS_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) {
- priv->absmap[k] = priv->numAbs;
- ++priv->numAbs;
- }
- }
- break;
- case EV_LED:
- memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
- ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_LED, sizeof(bits)), bits);
- for (k = 0; k < LED_MAX; k++) {
- if (test_bits(k)) ++priv->numLeds;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- switch (type) {
- case usbMouse:
- if (test_bit(EV_REL) && test_bit(EV_KEY))
- goto found;
- break;
- case usbKeyboard:
- if (test_bit(EV_KEY) && test_bit(EV_LED) && !test_bit(EV_ABS))
- goto found;
- break;
- case usbOther:
- if (!(test_bit(EV_REL) && test_bit(EV_KEY))
- && !(test_bit(EV_KEY) && test_bit(EV_LED)
- && !test_bit(EV_ABS)))
- goto found;
- break;
- }
- close(priv->fd);
- priv->fd = -1;
- }
- }
- if (priv->fd < 0)
- FATAL1("usbInit: Cannot open /dev/input/event* port (%s)\n"
- " If you have not done so, you may need to:\n"
- " rmmod mousedev; rmmod keybdev\n"
- " modprobe evdev\n",
- strerror(errno));
- found:
- usbPrint(priv, name, buf, priv->fd);
-}
-
-/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
-void usbOff(DevicePtr pDev)
-{
- GETPRIV;
-
- if (priv->fd >= 0) close(priv->fd);
- priv->fd = -1;
-}
-
-/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
-pointer usbCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
-{
- myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
- priv->fd = -1;
- priv->pDevice = pDevice;
- return priv;
-}
-
-/** Destroy a private structure. */
-void usbDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
-{
- free(priv);
-}
+/*
+ * Copyright 2002-2003 Red Hat Inc., Durham, North Carolina.
+ *
+ * All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation on the rights to use, copy, modify, merge,
+ * publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software,
+ * and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial
+ * portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL RED HAT AND/OR THEIR SUPPLIERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Authors:
+ * Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@redhat.com>
+ *
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Routines that are common between \a usb-keyboard.c, \a usb-mouse.c, and
+ * \a usb-other.c */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DMX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dmx-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "usb-private.h"
+
+#define USB_COMMON_DEBUG 1
+
+/*****************************************************************************/
+/* Define some macros to make it easier to move this file to another
+ * part of the Xserver tree. All calls to the dmx* layer are #defined
+ * here for the .c file. The .h file will also have to be edited. */
+#include "usb-mouse.h"
+
+#define GETPRIV myPrivate *priv \
+ = ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDev->devicePrivate))->private
+
+#define GETNAME ((DMXLocalInputInfoPtr)(pDevice->public.devicePrivate)) \
+ ->name
+
+#define LOG0(f) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f)
+#define LOG1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a)
+#define LOG2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b)
+#define LOG3(f,a,b,c) dmxLog(dmxDebug,f,a,b,c)
+#define LOG1INPUT(p,f,a) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a)
+#define LOG3INPUT(p,f,a,b,c) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a,b,c)
+#define LOG5INPUT(p,f,a,b,c,d,e) dmxLogInput(p->dmxInput,f,a,b,c,d,e)
+#define FATAL0(f) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f)
+#define FATAL1(f,a) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a)
+#define FATAL2(f,a,b) dmxLog(dmxFatal,f,a,b)
+#define MOTIONPROC dmxMotionProcPtr
+#define ENQUEUEPROC dmxEnqueueProcPtr
+#define CHECKPROC dmxCheckSpecialProcPtr
+#define BLOCK DMXBlockType
+
+/* End of interface definitions. */
+/*****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/** Read an event from the \a pDev device. If the event is a motion
+ * event, enqueue it with the \a motion function. Otherwise, enqueue
+ * the event with the \a enqueue function. The \a block type is passed
+ * to the functions so that they may block SIGIO handling as appropriate
+ * to the caller of this function.
+ *
+ * Since USB devices return EV_KEY events for buttons and keys, \a
+ * minButton is used to decide if a Button or Key event should be
+ * queued.*/
+void usbRead(DevicePtr pDev,
+ MOTIONPROC motion,
+ ENQUEUEPROC enqueue,
+ int minButton,
+ BLOCK block)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ struct input_event raw;
+ int v[DMX_MAX_AXES];
+ int axis;
+
+#define PRESS(b) \
+ do { \
+ enqueue(pDev, ButtonPress, 0, 0, NULL, block); \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define RELEASE(b) \
+ do { \
+ enqueue(pDev, ButtonRelease, 0, 0, NULL, block); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ while (read(priv->fd, &raw, sizeof(raw)) > 0) {
+#if USB_COMMON_DEBUG > 1
+ LOG3("USB: type = %d, code = 0x%02x, value = %d\n",
+ raw.type, raw.code, raw.value);
+#endif
+ switch (raw.type) {
+ case EV_KEY:
+ /* raw.value = 1 for first, 2 for repeat */
+ if (raw.code > minButton) {
+ if (raw.value) PRESS((raw.code & 0x0f) + 1);
+ else RELEASE((raw.code & 0x0f) + 1);
+ } else {
+ enqueue(pDev, raw.value ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
+ 0, 0, NULL, block);
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_REL:
+ switch (raw.code) {
+ case REL_X:
+ v[0] = -raw.value;
+ v[1] = 0;
+ motion(pDev, v, 0, 2, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
+ break;
+ case REL_Y:
+ v[0] = 0;
+ v[1] = -raw.value;
+ motion(pDev, v, 0, 2, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
+ break;
+ case REL_WHEEL:
+ if ((int)raw.value > 0) {
+ PRESS(4);
+ RELEASE(4);
+ } else if ((int)raw.value < 0) {
+ PRESS(5);
+ RELEASE(5);
+ }
+ break;
+ default:
+ memset(v, 0, sizeof(v));
+ axis = priv->relmap[raw.code];
+ v[axis] = raw.value;
+ motion(pDev, v, axis, 1, DMX_RELATIVE, block);
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_ABS:
+ memset(v, 0, sizeof(v));
+ axis = priv->absmap[raw.code];
+ v[axis] = raw.value;
+ motion(pDev, v, axis, 1, DMX_ABSOLUTE, block);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#define test_bit(bit) (priv->mask[(bit)/8] & (1 << ((bit)%8)))
+#define test_bits(bit) (bits[(bit)/8] & (1 << ((bit)%8)))
+
+static void usbPrint(myPrivate *priv,
+ const char *filename, const char *devname, int fd)
+{
+ int j, k;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDevice = priv->pDevice;
+ unsigned char bits[KEY_MAX/8 + 1]; /* RATS: Use ok assuming that
+ * KEY_MAX is greater than
+ * REL_MAX, ABS_MAX, SND_MAX, and
+ * LED_MAX. */
+
+ LOG3INPUT(priv, "%s (%s) using %s\n", pDevice->name, GETNAME, filename);
+ LOG1INPUT(priv, " %s\n", devname);
+ for (j = 0; j < EV_MAX; j++) {
+ if (test_bit(j)) {
+ const char *type = "unknown";
+ char extra[256]; /* FIXME: may cause buffer overflow */
+ extra[0] = '\0';
+ switch(j) {
+ case EV_KEY: type = "keys/buttons"; break;
+ case EV_REL: type = "relative";
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_REL, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < REL_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
+ case REL_X: strcat(extra, " X"); break;
+ case REL_Y: strcat(extra, " Y"); break;
+ case REL_Z: strcat(extra, " Z"); break;
+ case REL_HWHEEL: strcat(extra, " HWheel"); break;
+ case REL_DIAL: strcat(extra, " Dial"); break;
+ case REL_WHEEL: strcat(extra, " Wheel"); break;
+ case REL_MISC: strcat(extra, " Misc"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_ABS: type = "absolute";
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_ABS, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < ABS_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
+ case ABS_X: strcat(extra," X"); break;
+ case ABS_Y: strcat(extra," Y"); break;
+ case ABS_Z: strcat(extra," Z"); break;
+ case ABS_RX: strcat(extra," RX"); break;
+ case ABS_RY: strcat(extra," RY"); break;
+ case ABS_RZ: strcat(extra," RZ"); break;
+ case ABS_THROTTLE: strcat(extra," Throttle");break;
+ case ABS_RUDDER: strcat(extra," Rudder"); break;
+ case ABS_WHEEL: strcat(extra," Wheel"); break;
+ case ABS_GAS: strcat(extra," Gas"); break;
+ case ABS_BRAKE: strcat(extra," Break"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT0X: strcat(extra," Hat0X"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT0Y: strcat(extra," Hat0Y"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT1X: strcat(extra," Hat1X"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT1Y: strcat(extra," Hat1Y"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT2X: strcat(extra," Hat2X"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT2Y: strcat(extra," Hat2Y"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT3X: strcat(extra," Hat3X"); break;
+ case ABS_HAT3Y: strcat(extra," Hat3Y"); break;
+ case ABS_PRESSURE: strcat(extra," Pressure");break;
+ case ABS_DISTANCE: strcat(extra," Distance");break;
+ case ABS_TILT_X: strcat(extra," TiltX"); break;
+ case ABS_TILT_Y: strcat(extra," TiltY"); break;
+ case ABS_MISC: strcat(extra," Misc"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_MSC: type = "reserved"; break;
+ case EV_LED: type = "leds";
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_LED, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < LED_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
+ case LED_NUML: strcat(extra," NumLock"); break;
+ case LED_CAPSL: strcat(extra," CapsLock"); break;
+ case LED_SCROLLL: strcat(extra," ScrlLock"); break;
+ case LED_COMPOSE: strcat(extra," Compose"); break;
+ case LED_KANA: strcat(extra," Kana"); break;
+ case LED_SLEEP: strcat(extra," Sleep"); break;
+ case LED_SUSPEND: strcat(extra," Suspend"); break;
+ case LED_MUTE: strcat(extra," Mute"); break;
+ case LED_MISC: strcat(extra," Misc"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_SND: type = "sound";
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_SND, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < SND_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) switch (k) {
+ case SND_CLICK: strcat(extra," Click"); break;
+ case SND_BELL: strcat(extra," Bell"); break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_REP: type = "repeat"; break;
+ case EV_FF: type = "feedback"; break;
+ }
+ LOG5INPUT(priv, " Feature 0x%02x = %s%s%s%s\n", j, type,
+ extra[0] ? " [" : "",
+ extra[0] ? extra+1 : "",
+ extra[0] ? "]" : "");
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initialized \a pDev as a \a usbMouse, \a usbKeyboard, or \a usbOther
+device. */
+void usbInit(DevicePtr pDev, usbType type)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+ char name[64]; /* RATS: Only used in snprintf */
+ int i, j, k;
+ char buf[256] = { 0, }; /* RATS: Use ok */
+ int version;
+ unsigned char bits[KEY_MAX/8 + 1]; /* RATS: Use ok assuming that
+ * KEY_MAX is greater than
+ * REL_MAX, ABS_MAX, SND_MAX, and
+ * LED_MAX. */
+
+ if (priv->fd >=0) return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+ snprintf(name, sizeof(name), "/dev/input/event%d", i);
+ if ((priv->fd = open(name, O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK, 0)) >= 0) {
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGVERSION, &version);
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGNAME(sizeof(buf)), buf);
+ memset(priv->mask, 0, sizeof(priv->mask));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(0, sizeof(priv->mask)), priv->mask);
+
+ for (j = 0; j < EV_MAX; j++) {
+ if (test_bit(j)) {
+ switch(j) {
+ case EV_REL:
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_REL, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < REL_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) {
+ if (k == REL_X) priv->relmap[k] = 0;
+ else if (k == REL_Y) priv->relmap[k] = 1;
+ else priv->relmap[k] = 2 + priv->numAbs;
+ ++priv->numRel;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_ABS:
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_ABS, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < ABS_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) {
+ priv->absmap[k] = priv->numAbs;
+ ++priv->numAbs;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ case EV_LED:
+ memset(bits, 0, sizeof(bits));
+ ioctl(priv->fd, EVIOCGBIT(EV_LED, sizeof(bits)), bits);
+ for (k = 0; k < LED_MAX; k++) {
+ if (test_bits(k)) ++priv->numLeds;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ switch (type) {
+ case usbMouse:
+ if (test_bit(EV_REL) && test_bit(EV_KEY))
+ goto found;
+ break;
+ case usbKeyboard:
+ if (test_bit(EV_KEY) && test_bit(EV_LED) && !test_bit(EV_ABS))
+ goto found;
+ break;
+ case usbOther:
+ if (!(test_bit(EV_REL) && test_bit(EV_KEY))
+ && !(test_bit(EV_KEY) && test_bit(EV_LED)
+ && !test_bit(EV_ABS)))
+ goto found;
+ break;
+ }
+ close(priv->fd);
+ priv->fd = -1;
+ }
+ }
+ if (priv->fd < 0)
+ FATAL1("usbInit: Cannot open /dev/input/event* port (%s)\n"
+ " If you have not done so, you may need to:\n"
+ " rmmod mousedev; rmmod keybdev\n"
+ " modprobe evdev\n",
+ strerror(errno));
+ found:
+ usbPrint(priv, name, buf, priv->fd);
+}
+
+/** Turn \a pDev off (i.e., stop taking input from \a pDev). */
+void usbOff(DevicePtr pDev)
+{
+ GETPRIV;
+
+ if (priv->fd >= 0) close(priv->fd);
+ priv->fd = -1;
+}
+
+/** Create a private structure for use within this file. */
+pointer usbCreatePrivate(DeviceIntPtr pDevice)
+{
+ myPrivate *priv = calloc(1, sizeof(*priv));
+ priv->fd = -1;
+ priv->pDevice = pDevice;
+ return priv;
+}
+
+/** Destroy a private structure. */
+void usbDestroyPrivate(pointer priv)
+{
+ free(priv);
+}
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2024-07-05 08:47:38 +0000